2020 Nissan X Trail SUV Starting and driving User Manual

MY CAR USER MANUAL

Starting and driving for Your Nissan X Trail SUV 2020

5 Starting and driving  
Break-in schedule ......................................................................................... 5-4  
Before starting engine .............................................................................. 5-4  
Precautions when starting and driving ...................................... 5-4  
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ............................................... 5-5  
Three-way catalyst (if equipped) .............................................. 5-5  
Intelligent Key battery discharge ....................................... 5-16  
Starting engine (model without Intelligent  
Key system) ................................................................................................... 5-16  
Starting engine (model with Intelligent Key system) ..... 5-17  
Remote engine start (if equipped) .................................... 5-18  
Driving vehicle ............................................................................................. 5-18  
AdBlue® Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system  
(if equipped for diesel engine model) ................................... 5-5  
Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission  
(CVT)/Driving with Dual Clutch  
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) (if equipped) ...................... 5-7  
Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) (if equipped) .............. 5-8  
Turbocharger system (if equipped) ........................................ 5-9  
Transmission (DCT) ........................................................................ 5-18  
Driving with Manual Transmission (MT) ........................ 5-22  
Gear Shift Indicator (if equipped) ....................................... 5-23  
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)  
Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System  
(if equipped) ............................................................................................... 5-9  
(if equipped) .................................................................................................. 5-24  
On-pavement and off-road driving precautions .............. 5-11  
Care when driving ..................................................................................... 5-12  
Engine cold start period ............................................................... 5-12  
Loading luggage ................................................................................. 5-12  
Driving in wet conditions ............................................................. 5-12  
Driving in winter conditions ...................................................... 5-12  
Stop/Start System or Idling Stop  
System display ................................................................................... 5-26  
Stop/Start or Idling Stop OFF switch ............................. 5-27  
Intelligent 4x4 (if equipped except for Korea) .................. 5-28  
Intelligent 4x4 mode switch operations ...................... 5-28  
4WD warning ...................................................................................... 5-29  
4WD mode indicator lights ...................................................... 5-29  
Intelligent 4x4 torque distribution indicator ............ 5-30  
Off-road driving safety precautions ................................. 5-30  
Tires of 4WD model ....................................................................... 5-31  
Intelligent 4x4 (if equipped for Korea) .................................... 5-32  
Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch operations ....................... 5-32  
AWD warning ...................................................................................... 5-33  
Ignition switch (model without Intelligent  
Key system) .................................................................................................... 5-12  
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)/Dual  
Clutch Transmission (DCT) ......................................................... 5-12  
Manual Transmission (MT) .......................................................... 5-13  
Steering lock (if equipped) .......................................................... 5-13  
Key positions ......................................................................................... 5-13  
Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent  
Key system) .................................................................................................... 5-14  
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Electronic Stability  
Program (ESP) system .......................................................................... 5-34  
Precautions on push-button ignition  
switch operation ................................................................................. 5-14  
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Electronic Stability  
Program (ESP) system OFF switch .................................... 5-35  
Intelligent Key system .................................................................... 5-14  
Steering lock (if equipped) .......................................................... 5-15  
Ignition switch positions .............................................................. 5-15  
Chassis control ........................................................................................... 5-35  
Intelligent Trace Control ............................................................ 5-35  
Intelligent Engine Brake (Continuously Variable  
Transmission (CVT)/Dual Clutch Transmission  
(DCT) models) ........................................................................................ 5-36  
System maintenance ................................................................... 5-59  
Speed limiter (if equipped) ................................................................ 5-59  
Speed limiter operations ........................................................... 5-59  
Cruise control (if equipped) .............................................................. 5-61  
Precautions on cruise control ............................................... 5-62  
Cruise control operations ......................................................... 5-62  
Intelligent Ride Control .................................................................. 5-37  
Hill Start Assist system .......................................................................... 5-38  
Hill descent control system (if equipped) ............................... 5-38  
Hill descent control switch ......................................................... 5-39  
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (if equipped) ...................... 5-39  
LDW system operation ................................................................... 5-40  
How to enable/disable the LDW system ......................... 5-41  
LDW system limitations ................................................................. 5-42  
System temporarily unavailable ............................................. 5-43  
System malfunction ......................................................................... 5-43  
System maintenance ...................................................................... 5-43  
Intelligent Lane Intervention (if equipped) ............................ 5-43  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system operation ........ 5-44  
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (except for Europe)  
(if equipped) .................................................................................................. 5-63  
How to select the cruise control mode ........................ 5-65  
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode .................. 5-65  
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode ..... 5-74  
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) and steering assist (If  
equipped for European Manual  
Transmission model) .............................................................................. 5-77  
Overview of ICC and Steering Assist (manual  
transmission model) ..................................................................... 5-77  
ICC and Steering Assist system controls (manual  
How to enable/disable the Intelligent Lane  
transmission model) ..................................................................... 5-78  
Intervention system ......................................................................... 5-45  
ICC and Steering Assist system display and  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system limitations ...... 5-46  
System temporarily unavailable ............................................. 5-47  
System malfunction ......................................................................... 5-47  
System maintenance ...................................................................... 5-47  
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if equipped) ................................... 5-48  
BSW system operation ................................................................... 5-49  
How to enable/disable the BSW system ......................... 5-50  
BSW system limitations ................................................................. 5-50  
BSW driving situations ................................................................... 5-51  
System temporarily unavailable ............................................. 5-53  
System malfunction ......................................................................... 5-53  
System maintenance ...................................................................... 5-53  
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if equipped) ....................... 5-54  
RCTA system operation ................................................................ 5-55  
How to enable/disable the RCTA system ...................... 5-56  
RCTA system limitations .............................................................. 5-57  
System temporarily unavailable ............................................. 5-58  
System malfunction ......................................................................... 5-59  
indicators (manual transmission model) ..................... 5-79  
Activating the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode (manual transmission model) ............ 5-80  
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (manual  
transmission model) ..................................................................... 5-80  
Steering Assist (if equipped) (manual  
transmission model) ..................................................................... 5-91  
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode  
(manual transmission model) ................................................ 5-96  
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system  
(if equipped) (ICC/manual transmission model) ..... 5-98  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
(if equipped) (manual transmission model) ........... 5-100  
ProPILOT (if equipped) ...................................................................... 5-104  
ProPILOT system operation ................................................ 5-104  
ProPILOT switches ...................................................................... 5-105  
ProPILOT system display and indicators .................. 5-106  
Turning the ProPILOT Conventional (fixed speed)  
SPORT mode system (for Korea) .............................................. 5-145  
ECO mode system (if equipped) ............................................... 5-145  
ECO Pedal Guide function .................................................... 5-146  
Ambient ECO ................................................................................... 5-146  
ECO Drive Report ......................................................................... 5-146  
Parking .......................................................................................................... 5-147  
Parking sensor (sonar) system (if equipped) .................. 5-149  
cruise Control mode on ............................................................ 5-107  
Operating the ProPILOT system ........................................ 5-107  
ProPILOT Intelligent Cruise Control  
(ICC) system ........................................................................................ 5-110  
ProPILOT Steering Assist .......................................................... 5-117  
ProPILOT Conventional (fixed speed) Cruise  
Control Mode ..................................................................................... 5-123  
Parking sensor (sonar) system OFF switch  
ProPILOT speed limiter (if equipped) .............................. 5-124  
(if equipped) ..................................................................................... 5-150  
ProPILOT Lane Departure Warning  
Parking sensor (sonar) system setting ...................... 5-150  
(LDW) system ..................................................................................... 5-126  
Trailer towing (except for Australia, New Zealand,  
ProPILOT Intelligent Lane Intervention system ..... 5-129  
Intelligent Emergency Braking (if equipped) ................... 5-133  
South Africa and Europe) ............................................................... 5-151  
Trailer towing (for Australia, New Zealand,  
Intelligent Emergency Braking  
South Africa and Europe) ............................................................... 5-151  
system operation ........................................................................... 5-134  
Operating precautions ............................................................ 5-151  
Turning the Intelligent Emergency Braking  
Maximum load limits (for Australia and  
system ON/OFF ............................................................................... 5-135  
New Zealand) .................................................................................. 5-152  
Intelligent Emergency Braking  
Tire pressure ................................................................................... 5-154  
Safety chains .................................................................................. 5-154  
Trailer brakes .................................................................................. 5-154  
Trailer detection (if equipped) ........................................... 5-154  
Coupling device installation (for Europe) ................. 5-155  
Electric power steering .................................................................... 5-155  
Brake system ........................................................................................... 5-156  
Brake precautions ...................................................................... 5-156  
Brake assist ...................................................................................... 5-157  
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ....................................... 5-157  
Vehicle security ...................................................................................... 5-158  
Cold weather driving ......................................................................... 5-158  
Battery ................................................................................................. 5-158  
Engine coolant .............................................................................. 5-158  
Tire equipment .............................................................................. 5-158  
Special winter equipment .................................................... 5-159  
Parking brake ................................................................................. 5-159  
Corrosion protection ................................................................ 5-159  
system limitations ......................................................................... 5-136  
System temporarily unavailable ......................................... 5-137  
System malfunction ..................................................................... 5-138  
System maintenance .................................................................. 5-138  
Intelligent Emergency Braking with pedestrian  
detection system (if equipped) ................................................... 5-138  
Intelligent Emergency Braking with pedestrian  
detection system operation .................................................. 5-139  
Turning the Intelligent Emergency Braking with  
pedestrian detection system ON/OFF .......................... 5-140  
Intelligent Emergency Braking with pedestrian  
detection system limitations ................................................ 5-141  
System temporarily unavailable ......................................... 5-142  
System malfunction ..................................................................... 5-143  
System maintenance .................................................................. 5-143  
Fuel Efficiency and Carbon Dioxide Reduction  
driving tips .................................................................................................. 5-144  
Increasing fuel economy and reducing Carbon  
Dioxide emissions .................................................................................. 5-145  
PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING  
AND DRIVING  
BREAK-IN SCHEDULE  
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE  
During the first 1,600 km (1,000 miles), follow  
these recommendations to obtain maximum  
engine performance and ensure the future  
reliability and economy of your new vehicle.  
Failure to follow these recommendations may  
result in shortened engine life and reduced  
engine performance.  
WARNING:  
WARNING:  
The driving characteristics of your vehicle will  
change remarkably by any additional load  
and its distribution, as well as by adding  
optional equipment (trailer coupling, roof  
racks, etc.). Your driving style and speed  
must be adjusted according to the circum-  
stances. Especially when carrying heavy  
loads, your speed must be reduced ade-  
quately.  
.
Never leave children or adults who would  
normally require the support of others  
alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be  
left alone either. They could unknowingly  
activate switches or controls and inad-  
vertently become involved in a serious  
accident and injure themselves. On hot,  
.
Do not drive at a constant speed, either fast  
or slow, for long periods of time.  
sunny days, temperatures in  
a closed  
.
Do not run the engine over 4,000 rpm  
(except for M9R and R9N engine models) or  
2,500 rpm (for M9R and R9N engine mod-  
els).  
vehicle could quickly become high en-  
ough to cause severe or possibly fatal  
illness to people or animals.  
.
Make sure the area around the vehicle is  
clear.  
.
Properly secure all luggage to help pre-  
vent it from sliding or shifting. Do not  
place luggage higher than the seatbacks.  
In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured  
luggage could cause personal injury.  
.
Do not accelerate at full throttle in any  
.
Visually inspect tires for their appearance  
and condition. Measure and check the tire  
pressure for proper inflation.  
gear.  
.
.
.
Do not start quickly.  
Do not brake hard as much as possible.  
.
.
Check that all windows and lights are clean.  
Do not tow a trailer for at least the first 800  
km (500 miles) (for Australia, New Zealand,  
South Africa and Europe).  
Adjust the seat and head restraint posi-  
tions.  
NOTE:  
.
.
Adjust the inside and outside rearview  
mirror positions.  
During the first few months after purchasing  
a new vehicle, if you smell strong odors of  
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) inside  
the vehicle, ventilate the passenger compart-  
ment thoroughly. Open all the windows  
before entering or while in the vehicle. In  
addition, when the temperature in the pas-  
senger compartment rises, or when the  
Fasten your seat belt and ask all passen-  
gers to do the same.  
.
.
Check that all doors are closed.  
Check the operation of the warning lights  
when the ignition switch is placed in the  
“ON” position.  
vehicle is parked in direct sunlight for  
a
.
Maintenance items in the “8. Maintenance  
and do-it-yourself” section should be  
checked periodically.  
period of time, turn off the air recirculation  
mode of the air conditioner and/or open the  
windows to allow sufficient fresh air into the  
passenger compartment.  
5-4 Starting and driving  
carbon monoxide.)  
way catalyst to help reduce exhaust  
pollutants and/or damage the three-  
way catalyst.  
EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)  
.
The exhaust system and body should be  
inspected by a qualified mechanic when-  
ever:  
WARNING:  
.
.
Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions  
in the ignition, fuel injection, or electrical  
systems may cause overrich fuel to flow  
into the three-way catalyst, causing it to  
overheat. Do not keep driving if the  
engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of  
performance or other unusual operating  
conditions are detected. Have the vehicle  
inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer.  
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel  
level. Running out of fuel could cause the  
engine to misfire, damaging the three-  
way catalyst.  
.
.
Do not breathe exhaust gas; it contains  
colorless and odorless carbon monoxide.  
Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can  
cause unconsciousness or death.  
If you suspect that exhaust fumes are  
entering the vehicle, drive with all win-  
dows fully open, and have the vehicle  
inspected immediately.  
— Your vehicle is raised while being  
serviced.  
— You suspect that exhaust fumes are  
entering into the passenger compart-  
ment.  
— You notice a change in the sound of  
the exhaust system.  
.
.
.
Do not run the engine in closed spaces  
— You have had an accident involving  
damage to the exhaust system, un-  
derbody, or rear of the vehicle.  
such as a garage.  
Do not park the vehicle with the engine  
running for an extended period of time.  
Keep the back door closed while driving,  
otherwise exhaust gas could be drawn  
into the passenger compartment. If you  
must drive with the back door open,  
follow these precautions:  
.
.
Do not race the engine while warming it  
THREE-WAY CATALYST (if equipped)  
up.  
Do not push or tow your vehicle to start  
the engine.  
WARNING:  
.
.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust system  
are very hot. Keep people, animals and  
flammable materials away from the ex-  
haust system components.  
Do not stop or park the vehicle over  
flammable materials such as dry grass,  
wastepaper or rags. They may ignite and  
cause a fire.  
AdBlue® SELECTIVE CATALYTIC RE-  
DUCTION (SCR) SYSTEM (if equipped for  
diesel engine model)  
— Open all the windows.  
— Turn the air recirculation mode off  
and set the fan speed control to the  
highest level to circulate the air.  
AdBlue® or Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF), is a non-  
toxic solution of 32.5% urea in de-ionized water.  
This fluid is sprayed into the exhaust system of  
diesel vehicles to cause a chemical reaction  
that breaks down potentially dangerous NOx  
(nitrogen oxides) emissions into harmless ni-  
trogen and water. This system is called Selec-  
tive Catalytic Reduction (SCR). AdBlue® fluid is  
not a fuel additive and is never mixed with  
diesel fuel. It is always stored in a separate tank  
on the vehicle.  
.
.
If electrical wiring or other cable connec-  
tions must pass to a trailer through the  
seal of the back door or the body, follow  
the manufacturer’s recommendation to  
prevent carbon monoxide entry into the  
vehicle.  
If a special body or other equipment is  
added for recreational or other usage,  
follow the manufacturer’s recommenda-  
tion to prevent carbon monoxide entry  
into the vehicle. (Some recreational vehi-  
cle appliances such as stoves, refrigera-  
tors, heaters, etc. may also generate  
The three-way catalyst is an emission control  
device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust  
gas in the three-way catalyst is burned at high  
temperatures to help reduce pollutants.  
CAUTION:  
.
Do not use leaded gasoline. (See “Recom-  
mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”  
(P.9-2).) Deposits from leaded gasoline  
seriously reduce the ability of the three-  
AdBlue® will begin to freeze below -11°C (12°F). If  
you often drive in areas where the temperature  
is below -11°C (12°F), the AdBlue® tank should  
always be filled with AdBlue® at the beginning  
Starting and driving 5-5  
of the cold season to ensure enough defrosting  
capacity with heating.  
disappear when tank has thawed.  
Condition A  
of the distance (0 to 800 km (0 to 500 miles))  
that can be driven before the AdBlue® tank  
becomes empty. This message can be cleared  
from the display until the engine is restarted,  
when it will reappear. The warning will also  
appear at 100 km (62 miles) (or 50 km (31 miles)  
after 200 km (124 miles)) intervals following the  
AdBlue® status  
You can check the AdBlue® fluid level in the  
tank or system fault status using the "Main-  
tenance" option from the "Settings" menu in  
the vehicle information display. See “Mainte-  
nance” (P.2-27).  
i n i t i a l  
w a r n i n g  
(700/600/500/400/300/200/150/100/50 km)  
(435/373/311/249/186/124/93/62/31 miles).  
If you select the "AdBlue Status" option when  
there is a system fault present, an "AdBlue  
fault" warning will be displayed. See “AdBlue®  
fault” (P.5-7).  
The AdBlue® warning light  
will also illumi-  
nate.  
Condition C  
If there are no system faults present, a "Refill  
AdBlue" message will be displayed, depending  
upon the level of fluid in the tank, and whether  
your display is set to km/h or MPH:  
If the remaining range is less than 800 km (500  
miles) the status message will display the  
estimated number of remaining km (miles).  
WAF0114X  
This warning appears when the AdBlue® level in  
the tank is getting low. The message will be  
displayed each time the engine starts when  
there is estimated to be between 2,400 and  
800 km (1,500 and 500 miles) left before the  
AdBlue® tank becomes empty. The message  
can be cleared from the display until the next  
time the engine is started.  
AdBlue® warning display  
If the AdBlue® level in the tank is low or there is  
a malfunction in the AdBlue® SCR system, a  
warning message will appear in the vehicle  
information display.  
Refill the AdBlue® tank as soon as possible.  
WAF0116X  
Condition B  
The AdBlue® warning light  
will also flash  
Refill AdBlue®:  
continuously and a chime will sound.  
For information on refilling the AdBlue® tank,  
see “AdBlue® filler lid and cap (if equipped for  
diesel engine model)” (P.3-33) and “AdBlue®  
tank (if equipped for diesel engine model)”  
(P.8-20).  
This warning appears when the AdBlue® tank is  
almost empty.  
.
.
.
If this warning appears while the engine is  
stopped, the engine cannot be started.  
Contact a NISSAN dealer.  
If this warning appears while the engine is  
running, the vehicle can still be driven to  
the nearest NISSAN dealer.  
If the ignition switch is turned off while this  
warning appears, the engine can be re-  
started within 3 minutes. Stop the vehicle in  
NOTE:  
AdBlue® can freeze at very low temperatures  
(−11°C). In extreme cold conditions system  
may not be able to detect when you refill and  
will continue to display low AdBlue® level  
warning. The message and warning will  
WAF0115X  
This warning provides you with an estimation  
5-6 Starting and driving  
a safe place and contact a NISSAN dealer.  
Refill the AdBlue® tank as soon as possible.  
After the AdBlue® tank is refilled, place the  
ignition switch in the “ON” position and check  
that the warning has turned off. Place the  
ignition switch in the “OFF” position once and  
then start the engine.  
Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer as  
soon as possible.  
Condition B  
AdBlue® fault:  
When the “AdBlue fault” warning appears, the  
AdBlue® warning light  
and/or Malfunction  
WAF0119X  
Indicator Light (MIL) may also illuminate de-  
pending on conditions.  
The AdBlue® warning light  
will also flash  
The “AdBlue fault” warnings can also be  
checked in the “AdBlue Status” option of the  
"Maintenance" from the "Settings" menu in the  
vehicle information display. See “Maintenance”  
(P.2-27).  
continuously, the Malfunction Indicator Light  
(MIL) will also light up and a chime will sound.  
WAF0118X  
.
.
.
If this warning appears while the engine is  
stopped, the engine cannot be started.  
Contact a NISSAN dealer.  
If this warning appears while the engine is  
running, the vehicle can still be driven to  
the nearest NISSAN dealer.  
If the ignition switch is turned off while this  
warning appears, the engine can be re-  
started within 3 minutes. Stop the vehicle in  
a safe place and contact a NISSAN dealer.  
This warning provides you with an estimation  
of the distance (0 to 800 km (0 to 500 miles))  
that can be driven before inspecting and/or  
repairing the AdBlue® SCR system. This mes-  
sage can be cleared from the display until the  
engine is restarted, when it will reappear. The  
warning will also appear at 100 km (62 miles) (or  
50 km (31 miles) after 200 km (124 miles))  
intervals following the initial warning  
(700/600/500/400/300/200/150/100/50 km)  
(435/373/311/249/186/124/93/62/31 miles). The  
Condition A  
Have the AdBlue® SCR system inspected and/  
or repaired by a NISSAN dealer as soon as  
possible.  
AdBlue® warning light  
and Malfunction  
Indicator Light (MIL) will also illuminate.  
Condition C  
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF) (if  
equipped)  
If your vehicle is fitted with a diesel engine, a  
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) may be fitted as  
part of the emission control system.  
WAF0117X  
This warning appears if there is a malfunction  
in the AdBlue® SCR system. The message will be  
displayed each time the engine is started when  
there is estimated to be between 850 and 800  
km (530 and 500 miles) left before inspecting  
and/or repairing the AdBlue® SCR system. The  
message can be cleared from the display until  
the next time the engine is started.  
The DPF filters carbon particles from the  
exhaust gas, thus reducing the emission of  
soot to the environment.  
Under normal driving conditions, the accumu-  
lated carbon particles in the DPF are burned-off  
Starting and driving 5-7  
regularly, thus emptying the filter from carbon  
particles. In this way, the DPF is “regenerated”  
and again fully operational to filter out the  
carbon particles from the exhaust gas as  
intended.  
the message is no longer displayed.  
play and the Malfunction Indicator Light  
(MIL - orange) or Malfunction Warning  
Light (MWL - red) may come on (although  
there may be other engine management  
malfunctions that may cause this light to  
come on). Also, GPF saturation/clogging  
may result in reduced engine perfor-  
mance and engine speed limitation.  
.
Should the MIL or MWL come on for any  
reason, always visit a NISSAN dealer as  
soon as possible. Extended driving with  
the MIL/MWL illuminated may lead to  
damage to the engine control system.  
CAUTION:  
What you can do yourself to prevent the DPF  
from becoming saturated/clogged:  
.
Under certain less-favourable driving  
conditions, the DPF may become satu-  
rated/clogged because these driving  
conditions prevent automatic regenera-  
tion of the filter. In this case, a warning  
message will be displayed in the vehicle  
information display, and the Malfunction  
Indicator Light (MIL - orange) or Malfunc-  
tion Warning Light (MWL - red) may come  
on (although there may be other engine  
management malfunctions that may  
cause this light to come on). Also, DPF  
saturation/clogging may result in re-  
duced engine performance and engine  
speed limitation.  
.
Avoid repeated and frequent short jour-  
neys in which the engine does not reach its  
normal operating temperature.  
Regularly drive the vehicle at speeds over  
60 km/h (37 MPH) for an extended period of  
time (more than 30 minutes).  
.
GASOLINE PARTICULATE FILTER (GPF) (if  
equipped)  
If your vehicle is fitted with a gasoline engine, a  
Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) may be fitted  
as part of the emission control system.  
The GPF filters carbon particles from the  
exhaust gas, thus reducing the emission of  
soot to the environment.  
Under normal driving conditions, the accumu-  
lated carbon particles in the GPF are burned-off  
regularly, thus emptying the filter from carbon  
particles. In this way, the GPF is “regenerated”  
and again fully operational to filter out the  
carbon particles from the exhaust gas as  
intended.  
WAF0107X  
.
.
When the “Exhaust filter maintenance”  
message is displayed, provided that legal  
and safety conditions allow, the vehicle  
should be driven at a speed of over 50  
km/h (30 MPH), with gentle use of the  
accelerator pedal, until the message is no  
longer displayed.  
Should the MIL or MWL come on for any  
reason, or if the “Exhaust filter mainte-  
nance” warning message appears in the  
vehicle information display, always visit a  
NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. Ex-  
tended driving with the MIL/MWL illumi-  
nated may lead to damage to the engine  
control system.  
CAUTION:  
WAF0120X  
.
Under certain less-favourable driving  
conditions, the GPF may become satu-  
rated/clogged because these driving  
conditions prevent automatic regenera-  
tion of the filter. In this case, a message is  
displayed in the vehicle information dis-  
.
When the "Exhaust filter full" message is  
displayed, provided that legal and safety  
conditions allow, the vehicle should be  
driven at a speed of over 80 km/h (50  
MPH) (for example, on a motorway) until  
What you can do yourself to prevent the GPF  
from becoming saturated/clogged:  
5-8 Starting and driving  
.
.
Avoid repeated and frequent short jour-  
neys in which the engine does not reach its  
normal operating temperature.  
Regularly drive the vehicle at speeds over  
60 km/h (37 MPH) for an extended period of  
time (more than 30 minutes).  
indicator is illuminated, the system may not be  
able to detect or signal low tire pressure as  
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a  
variety of reasons, including the installation of  
replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the  
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning  
properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction  
telltale after replacing one or more tires or  
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the  
replacement or alternate tires and wheels  
allow the TPMS to continue to function prop-  
erly.  
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM  
(TPMS) (if equipped)  
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),  
should be checked monthly when cold and  
inflated to the inflation pressure recommended  
by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle  
placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your  
vehicle has tires of a different size than the size  
indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation  
pressure label, you should determine the prop-  
er tire inflation pressure for those tires.)  
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM (if equipped)  
The turbocharger system uses engine oil for  
lubrication and cooling of its rotating compo-  
nents. The turbocharger turbine turns at ex-  
tremely high speeds and it can reach an  
extremely high temperature. It is essential to  
maintain a clean supply of oil flowing through  
the turbocharger system. A sudden interrup-  
tion of oil supply may cause a malfunction in  
the turbocharger.  
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has  
Additional information  
been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring  
System (TPMS) that illuminates  
a low tire  
.
Since the spare tire is not equipped with  
the TPMS, the TPMS does not monitor the  
tire pressure of the spare tire.  
The TPMS will activate only when the  
vehicle is driven at speeds above 25 km/h  
(16 MPH). Also, this system may not detect a  
sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a  
flat tire while driving).  
pressure telltale when one or more of your  
tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,  
when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates,  
you should stop and check your tires as soon  
as possible, and inflate them to the proper  
pressure. Driving on a significantly under-in-  
flated tire causes the tire to overheat and can  
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces  
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect  
the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.  
.
To ensure prolonged life and performance of  
the turbocharger, it is essential to comply with  
the following maintenance procedure.  
CAUTION:  
.
.
The low tire pressure warning light may not  
automatically turn off when the tire pres-  
sure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to  
the recommended pressure, reset the tire  
pressures registered in your vehicle (model  
with TPMS reset function) and then drive  
the vehicle at speeds above 25 km/h (16  
MPH) to activate the TPMS and turn off the  
low tire pressure warning light.  
Tire pressure rises and falls depending on  
the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation  
and the outside temperature. Do not re-  
duce the tire pressure after driving because  
the tire pressure rises after driving. Low  
outside temperature can lower the tem-  
perature of the air inside the tire which can  
cause a lower tire inflation pressure. This  
may cause the low tire pressure warning  
light to illuminate. If the warning light  
.
.
.
.
Change the engine oil according to the  
recommended intervals shown in a se-  
parate maintenance booklet.  
Use only the recommended engine oil.  
See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and  
capacities” (P.9-2).  
If the engine has been operating at high  
rpm for an extended period of time, let it  
idle for a few minutes prior to turn off.  
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute  
for proper tire maintenance, and it is the  
driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire  
pressure, even if under-inflation has not  
reached the level to trigger illumination of the  
TPMS low tire pressure telltale.  
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a  
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when  
the system is not operating properly. The TPMS  
malfunction indicator is combined with the low  
tire pressure telltale. When the system detects  
a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-  
mately one minute and then remain continu-  
ously illuminated. This sequence will continue  
upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as  
the malfunction exists. When the malfunction  
Do not accelerate your engine to high  
rpm immediately after starting it.  
Starting and driving 5-9  
illuminates in low ambient temperature,  
check the tire pressure for all four tires.  
.
.
After adjusting the tire pressure, be sure  
to reset the TPMS. Otherwise, the TPMS  
will not warn of low tire pressure (model  
with TPMS reset function).  
.
If a computer (or similar equipment) or a  
DC/AC converter is being used in or near  
the vehicle.  
.
.
Depending on a change in the outside  
temperature, the low tire pressure warning  
light may illuminate even if the tire pressure  
has been adjusted properly. Adjust the tire  
pressure to the recommended COLD tire  
pressure again when the tires are cold, and  
reset the TPMS (model with TPMS reset  
function).  
You can check the pressure of all tires in  
the vehicle information display. (See “Trip  
computer” (P.2-41).)  
Low tire pressure warning light may illuminate  
in the following cases.  
Since the spare tire is not equipped with  
the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted  
or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not  
function and the low tire pressure warn-  
ing light will flash for approximately 1  
minute. The light will remain on after the  
.
.
.
If the vehicle equipped with a wheel and  
tire without TPMS.  
If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID  
has not been registered.  
If the wheel is not originally specified by  
NISSAN.  
1 minute. Contact a NISSAN dealer as  
soon as possible for tire replacement  
FCC Notice:  
For USA:  
and/or system resetting.  
For additional information, see “Low tire pres-  
.
.
Replacing tires with those not originally  
specified by NISSAN could affect the  
proper operation of the TPMS.  
Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire  
sealant into the tires, as this may cause a  
malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.  
sure warning light” (P.2-15).  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC  
Rules. Operation is subject to the following  
two conditions: (1) This device may not cause  
harmful interference, and (2) this device must  
accept any interference received, including  
interference that may cause undesired op-  
eration.  
Note: Changes or modifications not expressly  
approved by the party responsible for com-  
pliance could void the user’s authority to  
operate the equipment.  
WARNING:  
.
If the low tire pressure warning light  
illuminates while driving, avoid sudden  
steering maneuvers or abrupt braking,  
reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to  
a safe location and stop the vehicle as  
soon as possible. Driving with under-  
inflated tires may permanently damage  
the tires and increase the likelihood of  
tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could  
occur and may lead to an accident and  
could result in serious personal injury.  
Check the tire pressure for all four tires.  
Adjust the tire pressure to the recom-  
mended COLD tire pressure shown on the  
tire placard to turn the low tire pressure  
warning light off. If the light still illumi-  
nates while driving after adjusting the  
tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the  
TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have  
a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as  
soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all  
tires are properly inflated, have the ve-  
hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
CAUTION:  
.
.
The TPMS may not function properly  
when the wheels are equipped with tire  
chains or the wheels are buried in snow.  
Do not place metalized film or any metal  
parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This  
may cause poor reception of the signals  
from the tire pressure sensors, and the  
TPMS will not function properly.  
For Canada:  
This device complies with Industry Canada  
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is  
subject to the following two conditions: (1)  
this device may not cause interference, and  
(2) this device must accept any interference,  
including interference that may cause un-  
desired operation of the device.  
Some devices and transmitters may tempora-  
rily interfere with the operation of the TPMS  
and cause the low tire pressure warning light  
to illuminate. Some examples are:  
.
Facilities or electric devices using similar  
radio frequencies are near the vehicle.  
.
If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is  
being used in or near the vehicle.  
5-10 Starting and driving  
ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD  
DRIVING PRECAUTIONS  
Utility vehicles have  
a significantly higher  
7. Use the  
button  
until “Calibrate” is  
.
TPMS resetting (model with TPMS reset  
function)  
rollover rate than other types of vehicles.  
selected, and press OK  
They have higher ground clearance than pas-  
senger cars to make them capable of perform-  
ing in a wide variety of on-pavement and off-  
road applications. This gives them a higher  
center of gravity than ordinary cars. An advan-  
tage of higher ground clearance is a better  
view of the road, allowing you to anticipate  
problems. However, they are not designed for  
cornering at the same speeds as conventional  
passenger cars any more than low-slung  
sports cars are designed to perform satisfac-  
torily under off-road conditions. If at all possi-  
ble, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers,  
particularly at high speeds. As with other  
vehicles of this type, failure to operate this  
vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or  
vehicle rollover.  
8. Use the  
button  
until “Start” is  
To keep the TPMS functioning properly, the  
reset operation must be performed in the  
following cases.  
selected, and press OK  
to reset the  
TPMS. When the TPMS resetting starts, the  
message “TPMS resetting” will be displayed.  
.
.
.
when the tire pressure is adjusted  
when a tire or a wheel is replaced  
when the tires are rotated  
9. After resetting the TPMS, drive the vehicle  
for several minutes at speeds above 25  
km/h (16 MPH).  
If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates  
after the resetting operation, it may indicate  
that the TPMS is not functioning properly. Have  
the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
For information regarding the low tire pressure  
warning light, see “Low tire pressure warning  
light” (P.2-15).  
Perform the following procedures to reset the  
TPMS.  
1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.  
2. Apply the parking brake and place the shift  
lever in the “P” (Park) position (CVT model)  
or “N” (Neutral) position (MT model).  
3. Adjust the tire pressure on all four tires to  
the recommended COLD tire pressure  
shown on the tire placard. Use  
a tire  
pressure gauge to check the tire pressure.  
CAUTION:  
4. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-  
tion.  
.
.
Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in  
LOCK mode. (Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)/All-  
Wheel Drive (AWD) model)  
Driving on dry hard surface roads in LOCK  
mode may cause unnecessary noise and  
tire wear. NISSAN recommends driving in  
the 2WD or AUTO mode under these  
conditions. (Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)/All-  
Wheel Drive (AWD) model)  
See “Intelligent 4x4 (if equipped except for  
Korea)” (P.5-28) or “Intelligent 4x4 (if equipped  
for Korea)” (P.5-32) for more details.  
JVS0936X  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)  
5. Press the  
button until “Settings”  
appears.  
6. Use the  
button  
until “Tire Pressures”  
is selected, and press OK  
.
Starting and driving 5-11  
IGNITION SWITCH (model without  
Intelligent Key system)  
CARE WHEN DRIVING  
Driving your vehicle to fit the circumstances is  
essential for your safety and comfort. As a  
driver, you should be the one who knows best  
how to drive in the given circumstances.  
DRIVING IN WINTER CONDITIONS  
WARNING:  
.
.
.
Drive cautiously.  
Never remove the key or place the ignition  
switch in the “LOCK” position while driving.  
The steering wheel will lock and could cause  
the driver to lose control of the vehicle. This  
could result in serious vehicle damage or  
personal injury.  
Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly.  
Avoid sharp turning or lane changing  
ENGINE COLD START PERIOD  
suddenly.  
.
.
Avoid sudden steering.  
Due to the higher engine speeds, when the  
engine is cold, extra caution must be exercised  
when selecting a gear during the engine warm-  
up period after starting the engine.  
Avoid following too close to the vehicle in  
front.  
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMIS-  
SION (CVT)/DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMIS-  
SION (DCT)  
LOADING LUGGAGE  
Loads and their distribution and the attach-  
ment of equipment (coupling devices, roof  
luggage carriers, etc.) will considerably change  
the driving characteristics of the vehicle. Your  
driving style and speed must be adjusted  
according to the circumstances.  
DRIVING IN WET CONDITIONS  
.
.
Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly.  
Avoid sharp turning or lane changing  
suddenly.  
.
Avoid following too close to the vehicle in  
front.  
JVS0409X  
When water covers the road surface with water  
puddles, small water streams, etc., reduce  
speed to prevent hydroplaning which can  
cause skidding and loss of control. Worn tires  
will increase this risk.  
The ignition lock is designed so that the  
ignition switch cannot be turned to the “LOCK”  
position until the shift lever is moved to the “P”  
(Park) position. When moving the ignition  
switch to the “LOCK” position, to remove the  
key from the ignition switch, make sure the  
shift lever is in the “P” (Park) position.  
When the ignition switch cannot be turned to  
the “LOCK” position:  
1. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park)  
position.  
2. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the “ON”  
direction.  
5-12 Starting and driving  
3. Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK”  
position.  
4. Remove the key.  
If the ignition switch is turned to the “LOCK”  
position, the shift lever cannot be moved from  
the “P” (Park) position. The shift lever can be  
moved if the ignition switch is in the “ON”  
position with the foot brake pedal depressed.  
The “OFF” position is between the “LOCK” and  
“ON” positions, although it is not marked on the  
ignition switch.  
ignition switch.  
ON (2)  
The ignition system and the electrical acces-  
sory power activate without the engine turned  
on.  
STEERING LOCK (if equipped)  
To lock steering wheel  
1. Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK”  
START (3)  
position.  
The engine starter activates and the engine will  
start. The ignition switch, when released, will  
automatically turn to the “ON” position.  
2. Remove the key, if it is inserted in the  
ignition switch.  
3. Turn the steering wheel 1/6 of  
a turn  
clockwise from the straight up position.  
CAUTION:  
To unlock steering wheel  
1. Insert the key into the ignition switch.  
As soon as the engine has started, release  
the ignition switch immediately.  
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT)  
2. Gently turn the ignition switch while rotat-  
ing the steering wheel slightly right and left.  
KEY POSITIONS  
LOCK (OFF)/LOCK (ACC) (0)  
.
.
.
The ignition key can only be removed at  
this position.  
The steering lock (if equipped) can only be  
locked at this position.  
The electrical accessory power activates  
without the engine turned on. (ACC posi-  
tion)  
JVS0409X  
The ignition switch includes a device that helps  
prevent accidental removal of the key while  
driving.  
OFF/OFF(ACC) (1)  
.
The engine is turned off with the steering  
The key can only be removed when the ignition  
wheel unlocked.  
switch is in the “LOCK” position.  
.
The electrical accessory power activates  
without the engine turned on. (ACC posi-  
tion)  
1. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the “ON”  
direction.  
2. Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK”  
position.  
3. Remove the key.  
The “OFF” position is between the “LOCK” and  
“ON” positions, although it is not marked on the  
Starting and driving 5-13  
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH  
(model with Intelligent Key system)  
.
If the vehicle battery is discharged, the  
ignition switch cannot be switched from  
the “LOCK” position, and if the steering  
lock is engaged, the steering wheel can-  
not be moved. Charge the battery as  
soon as possible. (See “Jump starting”  
(P.6-9).)  
partment, the Intelligent Key may not  
function.  
If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door  
or window outside the vehicle, the Intelli-  
gent Key may function.  
PRECAUTIONS ON PUSH-BUTTON IGNI-  
TION SWITCH OPERATION  
.
WARNING:  
Do not operate the push-button ignition  
switch while driving the vehicle except in an  
emergency. (The engine will stop when the  
ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times  
or the ignition switch is pushed and held for  
more than 2 seconds.) The steering wheel will  
lock and could cause the driver to lose  
control of the vehicle. This could result in  
serious vehicle damage or personal injury.  
Continuously Variable Transmission  
(CVT)/Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)  
model  
The ignition lock is designed so that the  
ignition switch cannot be switched to the  
“LOCK” position until the shift lever is moved  
to the “P” (Park) position.  
Operating range  
When the ignition switch cannot be switched to  
the “LOCK” position:  
Before operating the push-button ignition  
switch, be sure to move the shift lever to the  
“P” (Park) position (for Continuously Variable  
Transmission (CVT)/Dual Clutch Transmission  
(DCT) model) or the shift lever to the “N”  
(Neutral) position (for Manual Transmission  
model).  
1. “Shift to Park” warning appears on the  
vehicle information display and a chime  
sounds.  
2. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park)  
position.  
SSD0436  
3. Push the ignition switch. The ignition  
switch is switched to the “OFF” position.  
The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting  
the engine when the Intelligent Key is within  
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM  
The Intelligent Key system can operate the  
ignition switch without taking the key out from  
your pocket or bag. The operating environment  
and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent  
Key system operation. Some indicators and  
warnings for operation are displayed on the  
vehicle information display and. (See “Vehicle  
information display” (P.2-22).)  
4. Open the door. The ignition switch turns to  
the specified operating range  
.
the “LOCK” position.  
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost  
discharged or strong radio waves are present  
near the operating location, the Intelligent Key  
system’s operating range becomes narrower  
and may not function properly.  
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating  
range, it is possible for anyone, even someone  
who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push  
the ignition switch to start the engine.  
For warnings and indicators on the vehicle  
information display, see “Vehicle information  
display” (P.2-22).  
If the ignition switch is switched to the “LOCK”  
position, the shift lever cannot be moved from  
the “P” (Park) position. The shift lever can be  
moved if the ignition switch is in the “ON”  
position with the foot brake pedal depressed.  
CAUTION:  
.
.
Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with  
you when operating the vehicle.  
.
The luggage room area is not included in  
the operating range, but the Intelligent Key  
may function.  
If the Intelligent Key is placed on the  
instrument panel, inside the glove box, door  
pocket or the corner of the interior com-  
Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the  
vehicle when you leave the vehicle.  
.
5-14 Starting and driving  
(Manual Transmission model), the ignition  
switch will illuminate.  
Push the ignition switch center:  
STEERING LOCK (if equipped)  
The ignition switch is equipped with an anti-  
theft steering lock device.  
IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS  
WARNING:  
.
.
once to change to “ON”.  
Never place the ignition switch in the “OFF”  
position while driving. The steering wheel  
may lock and cause the driver to lose control  
of the vehicle, resulting in serious vehicle  
damage or personal injury.  
To lock steering wheel  
two times to change to “OFF”.  
1. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF”  
position where the ignition switch position  
indicator will not illuminate.  
The ignition switch will automatically return to  
the “LOCK” position when any door is either  
opened or closed with the switch in the “OFF”  
position.  
2. Open or close the door. The ignition switch  
turns to the “LOCK” position.  
CAUTION:  
LOCK position  
3. Turn the steering wheel 1/6 of a turn to the  
right or left from the straight up position.  
The ignition switch and steering lock (if  
.
.
Do not leave the vehicle for extended  
periods of time when the ignition switch  
is in the “ON” position and the engine is  
not running. This can discharge the  
battery.  
Use electrical accessories with the engine  
running to avoid discharging the vehicle  
battery. If you must use accessories while  
the engine is not running, do not use  
them for extended periods of time and do  
not use multiple electrical accessories at  
the same time.  
equipped) can only be locked at this position.  
To unlock steering wheel  
Push the ignition switch, and the steering  
wheel will be automatically unlocked.  
The ignition switch will lock when any door is  
opened or closed with the ignition switched off.  
ON position  
The ignition system and the electrical acces-  
sory power activate at this position without the  
engine turned on.  
The “ON” position has a battery saver feature  
that will place the ignition switch in the “OFF”  
position, if the vehicle is not running, after some  
time under the following conditions:  
.
.
CAUTION:  
.
.
If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,  
the push-button ignition switch cannot  
be switched from the “LOCK” position.  
If the steering lock release malfunction  
indicator appears on the vehicle informa-  
tion display, push the ignition switch  
again while rotating the steering wheel  
slightly to the right and left.  
all doors are closed.  
shift lever is in “P” (Park) position (CVT/DCT  
model) or “N” (Neutral) position (MT model).  
(See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-  
22).)  
The battery saver feature will be cancelled if  
any of the following occur:  
.
.
any door is opened.  
shift lever is moved out of the “P” (Park)  
position (CVT/DCT model).  
ignition switch changes position.  
JVS0937X  
.
When the ignition switch is pushed without  
depressing the brake pedal (Continuously Vari-  
able Transmission model) or the clutch pedal  
Starting and driving 5-15  
STARTING ENGINE (model without  
Intelligent Key system)  
1. Apply the parking brake.  
2. Depress the foot brake pedal.  
3. Continuously Variable Transmission  
(CVT)/Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)  
model:  
Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) or “N”  
(Neutral) position.  
Manual Transmission (MT) model:  
OFF position  
The engine is turned off in this position.  
Auto ACC position  
Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral)  
With the vehicle in the “P” (Park) position (CVT/  
DCT models) or "N" (Neutral) position (MT  
model), the Intelligent Key with you and the  
ignition switch is placed from “ON” to “OFF”, the  
radio can still be used for a period of time, or  
until the driver’s door is opened. After a period  
of time, functions such as radio, navigation (if  
equipped), and Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone  
System may be restarted by to turn on the  
audio system (see “Audio system” (P.4-38) in  
this manual or the separate NissanConnect  
Owner’s Manual (if equipped)), or by pushing  
the “UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent Key up  
to a total of 30 minutes.  
position.  
Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) or “N”  
2. Firmly depress the brake pedal.  
(Neutral) position.  
3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelli-  
The starter is designed to operate only  
when the shift lever is in the proper  
position.  
gent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)  
4. Push the ignition switch while depressing  
the brake pedal (CVT/DCT model) or the  
clutch pedal (MT model) within 10 seconds  
after the chime sounds. The engine will  
start.  
After step 3 is performed, when the ignition  
switch is pushed without depressing the brake  
pedal (CVT/DCT model) or the clutch pedal (MT  
model), the ignition switch position will change  
to “ON”.  
Manual Transmission (MT) model:  
Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral)  
position, and depress the clutch pedal to  
the floor while starting the engine.  
The starter is designed to not operate  
unless the clutch pedal is depressed.  
4. Crank the engine with your foot off the  
accelerator pedal by turning the ignition  
switch in the “START” position.  
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE  
NOTE:  
.
When the ignition switch is placed in the  
“ON” position or the engine is started by  
the above procedures, the “Key battery  
low” warning appears (on the Vehicle  
information display) even if the Intelli-  
gent Key is inside the vehicle. This is not a  
malfunction. To turn off the warning,  
touch the ignition switch with the Intelli-  
gent Key again.  
If equipped for diesel engine models: Wait  
until the glow indicator light  
goes out.  
5. Immediately release the ignition switch  
when the engine starts. If the engine starts,  
but fails to run, repeat the above proce-  
dures.  
If the engine is very hard to start in  
extremely cold or hot weather, depress  
the accelerator pedal and hold it to help  
start the engine.  
.
If the “Key battery low” warning appears  
(on the Vehicle information display), re-  
place the battery as soon as possible.  
(See “Battery” (P.8-29).)  
JVS0404X  
CAUTION:  
If the battery of the Intelligent Key is dis-  
charged, or environmental conditions interfere  
with the Intelligent Key operation, start the  
engine according to the following procedure:  
.
Do not operate the starter for more than  
15 seconds at a time. If the engine does  
not start, place the ignition switch off and  
wait 10 seconds before cranking the  
engine again. Otherwise, the starter could  
be damaged.  
1.  
Continuously Variable Transmission  
(CVT)/Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)  
model:  
5-16 Starting and driving  
STARTING ENGINE (model with  
Intelligent Key system)  
1. Apply the parking brake.  
.
If it becomes necessary to start the  
engine with a booster battery and jumper  
cables, the instructions and cautions  
contained in the “6. In case of emergency”  
section should be carefully followed.  
CAUTION:  
2.  
Continuously Variable Transmission  
(CVT)/Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)  
model:  
.
.
As soon as the engine has started,  
release the ignition switch immediately.  
Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) or the  
Do not operate the starter for more than  
15 seconds at a time. If the engine does  
not start, place the ignition switch in the  
“OFF” position and wait 10 seconds be-  
fore cranking the engine again. Other-  
wise, the starter could be damaged.  
“N” (Neutral) position.  
6. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30  
seconds after starting the engine to warm-  
up. Drive at moderate speeds for a short  
distance first, especially in cold weather.  
The starter is designed to operate only  
when the shift lever is in the proper  
position.  
Manual Transmission (MT) model:  
CAUTION:  
.
If it becomes necessary to start the  
engine with a booster battery and jumper  
cables, the instructions and cautions  
contained in the “6. In case of emergency”  
section should be carefully followed.  
Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral)  
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while  
the engine is warming up.  
position.  
The starter is designed to not operate  
unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed.  
The Intelligent Key must be carried when  
5. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30  
seconds after starting the engine to warm-  
up. Drive at moderate speeds for a short  
distance first, especially in cold weather.  
operating the ignition switch.  
3. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-  
tion. Firmly depress the brake pedal (CVT/  
DCT model) or the clutch pedal (MT model)  
and push the ignition switch to start the  
engine.  
CAUTION:  
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while  
the engine is warming up.  
If equipped for diesel engine models: Wait  
until the glow indicator light  
goes out.  
To start the engine immediately, push and  
release the ignition switch while depressing  
the brake pedal or clutch pedal with the  
ignition switch in any position.  
6. To stop the engine, move the shift lever to  
the “P” (Park) position (CVT/DCT model) or  
move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral)  
position (MT model), apply the parking  
brake and place the ignition switch in the  
“OFF” position.  
4. Immediately release the ignition switch  
when the engine starts. If the engine starts,  
but fails to run, repeat the above proce-  
dures.  
If the engine is very hard to start in  
extremely cold or hot weather, depress  
the accelerator pedal and hold it. Push the  
ignition switch for up to 15 seconds while  
holding. Release the accelerator pedal  
when the engine starts.  
Starting and driving 5-17  
DRIVING VEHICLE  
.
Except in an emergency, do not shift to  
the “N” (Neutral) position while driving.  
Coasting with the transmission in the “N”  
(Neutral) position may cause serious da-  
mage to the transmission.  
Shift into the “P” (Park) position and apply  
the parking brake when at a standstill for  
longer than a short waiting period.  
Keep the engine at idling speed while  
shifting from the “N” (Neutral) position to  
any driving position.  
When stopping the vehicle on an uphill  
grade, do not hold the vehicle by depres-  
sing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake  
pedal should be depressed in this situa-  
tion.  
REMOTE ENGINE START (if equipped)  
DRIVING WITH CONTINUOUSLY VARI-  
ABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT)/DRIVING  
WITH DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION  
(DCT)  
The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)/  
Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) in your vehicle  
is electronically controlled to produce max-  
imum power and smooth operation.  
The recommended operating procedures for  
this transmission are shown on the following  
pages. Follow these procedures for maximum  
vehicle performance and driving enjoyment.  
Vehicles started with the remote engine start  
function require the ignition switch to be  
placed in the “ON” position before the shift  
lever can be moved from the “P” (Park) position.  
To place the ignition switch in the “ON” position,  
perform the following steps:  
.
.
.
1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is with  
you.  
2. Depress the brake pedal.  
3. Push the ignition switch once to the “ON”  
position.  
For additional information about the remote  
engine start function, see “Remote engine start”  
(P.3-25).  
WARNING:  
Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads.  
This may cause a loss of control.  
Starting vehicle  
1. After starting the engine, fully depress the  
foot brake pedal before moving the shift  
lever out of the “P” (Park) position.  
CAUTION:  
.
The cold engine idle speed is high, so use  
caution when shifting the transmission  
into a forward or reverse position before  
the engine has warmed up.  
2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and  
move the shift lever to a driving position.  
3. Release the parking brake, the foot brake  
pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle  
in motion.  
The CVT/DCT is designed so the foot brake  
pedal MUST be depressed before shifting  
from the “P” (Park) position to any driving  
position while the ignition switch is in the  
“ON” position.  
The shift lever cannot be moved out of the  
“P” (Park) position and into any of the other  
positions if the ignition switch is placed in the  
“LOCK”, “OFF” or “ACC” position.  
.
.
Avoid revving up the engine while the  
vehicle is stopped. This could cause un-  
expected vehicle movement.  
Never shift to either the “P” (Park) or “R”  
(Reverse) position while the vehicle is  
moving forward and “P” (Park) or “D”  
(Drive) position while the vehicle is rever-  
sing. This could cause an accident or  
damage the transmission.  
.
Start the engine in either the “P” (Park) or  
“N” (Neutral) position. The engine will not  
start in any other position. If it does, have  
your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
5-18 Starting and driving  
or property damage.  
CAUTION:  
.
If the shift lever cannot be moved from  
the “P” (Park) position while the engine is  
running and the foot brake pedal is  
depressed, the stop lights may not work.  
Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an  
accident injuring yourself and others.  
.
DEPRESS THE FOOT BRAKE PEDAL - Shift-  
ing the shift lever to “D”, “Ds”, “R”, “L” or  
manual shift mode without depressing  
the foot brake pedal causes the vehicle to  
move slowly when the engine is running.  
Make sure the foot brake pedal is de-  
pressed fully and the vehicle is stopped  
before shifting the shift lever.  
MAKE SURE OF THE SHIFT LEVER POSI-  
TION - Make sure the shift lever is in the  
desired position. “D”, “Ds”, “L” and manual  
shift mode are used to move forward and  
“R” to back up.  
After starting the engine, fully depress the foot  
brake pedal, push the shift lever button and  
move the shift lever out of the “P” (Park)  
position.  
If the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” or  
“ACC” position for any reason while the shift  
lever is in any positions other than the “P” (Park)  
position, the ignition switch cannot be placed  
in the “LOCK” position.  
When it is hard to shift the shift lever from the  
“P” (Park) position to other position, first check  
that the parking brake is applied, then release  
the foot brake pedal and depress the foot  
brake pedal again.  
.
.
JVS1026X  
CVT with manual shift mode (Type B) or DCT (LHD  
model)  
WARM UP THE ENGINE - Due to the higher  
idle speeds when the engine is cold, extra  
caution must be exercised when shifting  
the shift lever into the driving position  
immediately after starting the engine.  
Shifting  
If the ignition switch cannot be placed in the  
“LOCK” position, perform the following steps:  
1. Apply the parking brake.  
SSD0727  
2. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-  
CVT without manual shift mode (LHD model)  
tion while depressing the foot brake pedal.  
Push the button  
the foot brake pedal.  
Push the button  
while depressing  
:
3. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park)  
position.  
.
:
:
4. Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK”  
Just move the shift lever.  
position.  
P (Park):  
WARNING:  
JVS1025X  
CVT with manual shift mode (Type A) (LHD model)  
Use this position when the vehicle is parked or  
when starting the engine. Make sure that the  
vehicle is completely stopped and move the  
shift lever into the “P” (Park) position. Apply  
the parking brake. When parking on a hill, first  
depress the foot brake pedal, apply the parking  
.
Apply the parking brake if the shift lever  
is in any position while the engine is not  
running. Failure to do so could cause the  
vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll  
away and result in serious personal injury  
Starting and driving 5-19  
brake, and then move the shift lever into the “P”  
(Park) position.  
M1 (First):  
Manual shift mode (if equipped)  
Use this position when climbing steep hills  
slowly or driving slowly through deep snow,  
sand or mud or for maximum engine braking  
on steep downhill grades.  
When the shift lever is shifted from the “D”  
position to the manual shift gate with the  
vehicle stopped or while driving, the transmis-  
sion enters the manual shift mode. Shift ranges  
can be selected manually.  
R (Reverse):  
Use this position to back up. Make sure that the  
vehicle is completely stopped before selecting  
the “R” (Reverse) position.  
.
Remember not to drive at high speeds for  
extended periods of time in lower than M7  
range. This reduces fuel economy.  
In the manual shift mode, the transmis-  
sion automatically shifts down to M1  
(First) before the vehicle comes to a stop.  
When accelerating again, it is necessary  
to shift up to the desired range.  
In the manual shift mode, the transmis-  
sion may not shift to the selected gear.  
This helps maintain driving performance  
and reduces the chance of vehicle da-  
mage or loss of control.  
In the manual shift mode, the shift range is  
displayed on the position indicator in the  
meter.  
N (Neutral):  
Neither the forward nor reverse gear is en-  
gaged. The engine can be started in this  
position. You may shift to the “N” (Neutral)  
position and restart a stalled engine while the  
vehicle is moving.  
.
Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:  
?
/
?
/
?
/
?
/
?
/
?
/
M7  
M1  
M2  
M3  
M4  
M5  
M6  
.
When shifting up, move the shift lever to  
the + (up) side. (Shifts to higher range.)  
.
D (Drive):  
Use this position for all normal forward driving.  
.
.
When shifting down, move the shift lever to  
the − (down) side. (Shifts to lower range.)  
Ds (Drive Sport) (if equipped):  
Moving the shift lever to the same side  
twice will shift the ranges in succession.  
However, if this motion is rapidly done, the  
second shifting may not be completed  
properly.  
When the shift lever is shifted from the “D”  
(Drive) to “Ds” (Drive Sport) position, the trans-  
mission enters the Ds (Drive Sport) mode.  
Moving the shift lever to the “Ds” (Drive Sport)  
position allows you to enjoy “sporty” driving  
shift operation on a winding road and feel  
smooth acceleration or deceleration on a hilly  
road by moving in a lower gear automatically.  
Moving the shift lever forwards and backwards  
allows manual shifting. When canceling the Ds  
(Drive Sport) mode, return the shift lever to the  
“D” (Drive) position. The transmission returns to  
the normal driving mode.  
.
.
When canceling the manual shift mode,  
return the shift lever to the “D” position. The  
transmission returns to the normal driving  
mode.  
When the CVT/DCT fluid temperature is  
extremely low, the manual shift mode may  
not work and automatically shift as a drive  
mode. This is not a malfunction. In this case,  
return the shift lever to the “D” position and  
M7 (Seventh):  
Use this position for all normal forward driving.  
However, you need to shift down the gears  
manually when accelerating or passing an-  
other vehicle.  
drive for  
a while and then shift to the  
manual shift mode.  
M6 (Sixth) and M5 (Fifth):  
.
When the CVT/DCT fluid temperature is  
high, the shift range may upshift in lower  
rpm than usual. This is not a malfunction.  
Use these positions when driving up long  
slopes, or for engine braking when driving  
down long slopes.  
L (Low) (if equipped):  
Use this position when climbing steep hills  
slowly or driving slowly through deep snow,  
sand or mud, or for maximum engine braking  
on steep downhill grades.  
M4 (Fourth), M3 (Third) and M2 (Second):  
Use these positions for hill climbing or engine  
braking on downhill grades.  
5-20 Starting and driving  
in the “ON” position. This reduces fuel economy.  
5. Press the shift lever button and move the  
shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position while  
holding down the shift lock release. Replace  
the removed shift lock release cover after  
the operation.  
SPORT mode switch (models without  
manual shift mode) (if equipped)  
Accelerator downshift - in the “D” posi-  
tion -  
For passing or climbing hills, depress the  
accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the  
transmission down into a lower gear, depend-  
ing on the vehicle speed.  
Type B:  
Shift lock release  
If the battery is discharged, the shift lever may  
not be moved from the “P” (Park) position even  
with the foot brake pedal depressed.  
To release the shift lock, perform the following  
JVS0208X  
procedure:  
To select the SPORT mode, push the SPORT  
mode switch with the shift lever in the “D”  
(Drive) position. The SPORT mode indicator  
Type A:  
JVS0466X  
light  
in the meter panel illuminates. To  
turn off the SPORT mode, push the SPORT  
mode switch again. The SPORT mode indicator  
light will turn off. When the shift lever is shifted  
to any position other than “D” or “Ds”, the  
SPORT mode will be automatically turned off.  
1. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” or  
“LOCK” position.  
2. Apply the parking brake.  
3. Depress the shift lock release button.  
4. Press the shift lever button and move the  
shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position while  
holding down the shift lock release.  
“OFF” position:  
For normal driving and fuel economy, use the  
“OFF” position.  
Place the ignition switch in the “ON” position to  
JVS0392X  
“ON” position:  
release the steering wheel lock.  
Example  
1. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” or  
“LOCK” position.  
For driving up or down long slopes where  
engine braking is necessary, or for powerful  
acceleration, use the “ON” position. The trans-  
The vehicle may be moved, by pushing, to the  
desired location.  
If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the “P”  
(Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer check the  
CVT/DCT system as soon as possible.  
2. Apply the parking brake.  
mission will automatically select  
a different  
gear ratio, allowing the engine to provide high  
output.  
3. Remove the shift lock release cover (shown  
in the illustration above) using a suitable  
tool.  
When driving conditions change, push the  
switch to turn the SPORT mode off.  
4. Insert the mechanical key and push down  
the shift lock release.  
Remember not to drive at high speeds for  
extended periods of time with the SPORT mode  
Starting and driving 5-21  
paired if necessary.  
High fluid temperature protection  
mode  
Starting vehicle  
1. After starting the engine, depress the  
clutch pedal to the floor and move the shift  
lever to the “1” (1st) or “R” (Reverse) position.  
DRIVING WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSION  
(MT)  
This transmission has a high fluid temperature  
protection mode. If the fluid temperature  
becomes too high (for example, when climbing  
steep grades in high temperature with heavy  
loads), engine power and, under some condi-  
tions, vehicle speed will be decreased auto-  
matically to reduce the chance of transmission  
damage. Vehicle speed can be controlled with  
the accelerator pedal, but engine and vehicle  
speed may be limited.  
2. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal, re-  
leasing the clutch pedal and parking brake  
at the same time.  
WARNING:  
.
.
Do not downshift abruptly on slippery  
roads. This may cause a loss of vehicle  
control.  
Do not over-rev the engine when shifting  
to a lower gear. This may cause a loss of  
vehicle control or engine damage.  
Shifting gear  
To change gears, or when upshifting or down-  
shifting, fully depress the clutch pedal, shift into  
the appropriate gear, then slowly and smoothly  
release the clutch pedal.  
Fail-safe  
To ensure smooth gear changes, fully depress  
the clutch pedal before operating the shift  
lever. If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed  
before the transmission is shifted, a gear noise  
may be heard. Transmission damage could  
occur.  
Start the vehicle in the “1” (1st) position and shift  
to the “2” (2nd), “3” (3rd), “4” (4th), “5” (5th) and “6”  
(6th) gear in sequence according to the vehicle  
speed.  
If it is difficult to move the shift lever into the “R”  
(Reverse) or “1” (1st) position, shift to the “N”  
(Neutral) position, and then release the clutch  
pedal once. Fully depress the clutch pedal  
again and shift into “R” or “1”.  
CAUTION:  
When the fail-safe operation occurs, the CVT/  
DCT will not be shifted to the selected driving  
position.  
.
.
Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal  
while driving. This may damage the  
clutch system.  
Fully depress the clutch pedal before  
shifting to help prevent transmission  
damage.  
If the vehicle is driven under extreme condi-  
tions, such as excessive wheel spinning and  
subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe sys-  
tem may be activated. This will occur even if  
all electrical circuits are functioning properly.  
In this case, place the ignition switch off and  
wait for 10 seconds. Then place the ignition  
switch back in the “ON” position. The vehicle  
should return to its normal operating condi-  
tion. If it does not return to its normal  
operating condition, have a NISSAN dealer  
check the transmission and repair it if ne-  
cessary.  
.
.
Stop the vehicle completely before shift-  
ing into the “R” (Reverse) position.  
When the vehicle is stopped for a period  
of time, for example waiting at stoplights,  
shift to the “N” (Neutral) position and  
release the clutch pedal with the foot  
brake pedal depressed.  
.
Do not shift to the “N” (Neutral) position  
while driving. Coasting with the transmis-  
sion in the “N” (Neutral) position may  
cause serious damage to the transmis-  
sion.  
WARNING:  
When the fail-safe operation occurs, vehicle  
speed may be gradually reduced. The re-  
duced speed may be lower than other traffic,  
which could increase the chance of a colli-  
sion. Be especially careful when driving. If  
necessary, pull to the side of the road at a  
safe place and allow the transmission to  
return to normal operation, or have it re-  
5-22 Starting and driving  
MR20DD engine model:  
R9N engine model:  
km/h (MPH)  
km/h (MPH)  
45 (28)  
79 (49)  
110 (68)  
143 (89)  
— (—)  
38(24)  
69(43)  
107(66)  
150(93)  
— (—)  
1st  
2nd  
3rd  
1st  
2nd  
3rd  
4th  
4th  
5th & 6th  
5th & 6th  
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR (if equipped)  
R9M engine model:  
SSD0552  
km/h (MPH)  
.
.
To back up, stop the vehicle and move the  
shift lever into the “N” (Neutral) position, and  
then pull the ring upward to shift into the  
“R” (Reverse) position.  
The pull ring returns to its original position  
when the shift lever is moved to the “N”  
(Neutral) position.  
35 (22)  
63 (39)  
98 (61)  
136 (85)  
— (—)  
1st  
2nd  
3rd  
4th  
5th & 6th  
M9R engine model:  
Suggested maximum speed in each  
gear  
km/h (MPH)  
JVS0331X  
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not  
34 (21)  
64 (40)  
105 (65)  
147 (91)  
— (—)  
1st  
2nd  
3rd  
running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.  
Gear Shift Indicator appears in the vehicle  
information display when the driver should  
shift into a higher or lower gear as indicated  
by the up or down arrow.  
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed  
(shown below) in any gear. For level road  
driving, use the highest gear suggested for  
that speed. Always observe posted speed limits,  
and drive according to the road conditions  
which will ensure safe operation. Do not over-  
rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as  
it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle  
control.  
4th  
The use of Gear Shift Indicator will help to  
5th & 6th  
reduce fuel consumption.  
When the up arrow appears, upshifting is  
recommended. When the down arrow appears,  
downshifting is recommended.  
CAUTION:  
Gear Shift Indicator helps to reduce fuel  
consumption. It does not recommend the  
appropriate gear shift for all driving situa-  
tions. In a certain situations, only the driver  
Starting and driving 5-23  
STOP/START SYSTEM OR IDLING  
STOP SYSTEM (if equipped)  
The Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System is  
designed to prevent unnecessary fuel con-  
sumption, exhaust emissions, and noise during  
a journey:  
can select the correct gear (for example,  
when overtaking, driving up a steep gradient  
or towing a trailer).  
Stop System. For the battery, it is recom-  
mended to use Genuine NISSAN parts. For  
more information, contact a NISSAN dealer.  
NOTE:  
.
.
When you stop the vehicle with the brake  
pedal depressed (CVT/DCT) or with the  
shift lever in “N” (Neutral) and clutch pedal  
released (MT), the engine is turned off  
automatically.  
When you release the brake pedal (CVT/  
DCT) or push the clutch pedal (MT), the  
engine is automatically turned on.  
The Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System  
will not activate under the following condi-  
tions:  
.
when the engine is kept idling without  
any driving after the engine is turned on.  
.
when the engine coolant temperature is  
low.  
.
.
.
.
when the battery capacity is low.  
when the battery temperature is low.  
when the vehicle is moved.  
CAUTION:  
.
.
The engine may restart automatically if  
required by the Stop/Start System or  
Idling Stop System.  
Place the ignition switch in the “OFF”  
position before opening the hood or  
performing any maintenance. Failure to  
do so may result in serious injuries due to  
automatic engine restart.  
when the vacuum in the brake servo  
decreases.  
.
.
.
when the engine hood is opened with the  
engine running.  
when the engine is turned on with the  
engine hood open.  
when the driver’s seat belt is not fas-  
tened.  
.
Always place the ignition switch “OFF”  
before leaving your vehicle, as the system  
may have turned the engine off, but the  
ignition will still be on and automatic  
restart may occur.  
.
.
when the driver’s door is open.  
when the steering wheel is operated (for  
CVT/DCT model).  
.
.
when the Stop/Start or Idling Stop Sys-  
tem indicator blinks at a low speed.  
Failure to do this may result in a flat  
battery.  
when the fan speed control is in any  
position other than “OFF” (0) while the air  
flow control is in the front defogger  
position.  
NOTE:  
For model with Stop/Start System or Idling  
Stop System, use the special battery that is  
enhanced in regard to the charge-discharge  
capacity and life performance. Avoid using a  
non-special battery for the Stop/Start Sys-  
tem or Idling Stop System, as this may cause  
early deterioration of the battery or a mal-  
function of the Stop/Start System or Idling  
.
.
when the front defogger switch is on.  
when the temperature inside the vehicle  
is too high or low. (When the air condi-  
tioner is off, the Stop/Start System or  
Idling Stop System will operate.)  
5-24 Starting and driving  
.
.
when the fan speed of the air conditioner  
is set to the maximum speed.  
NOTE:  
position) (for CVT/DCT model).  
.
.
the shift lever is placed in the “D” (Drive)  
position from the “N” (Neutral) or “P”  
(Park) position (for CVT model).  
The engine will not restart even if the brake  
pedal is released (CVT/DCT) or clutch pedal is  
pressed (MT) while the Stop/Start System or  
Idling Stop System is activated under the  
following condition:  
when the Stop/Start or Idling Stop OFF  
switch is turned on.  
when the power consumption is large.  
when the vehicle is traveling at altitudes  
higher than 2,000 m (6,562 ft) (for MT  
model).  
.
.
the shift lever is placed in the “D” (Drive)  
position from the “N” (Neutral) or “P”  
(Park) position and the brake pedal is  
released (for DCT model).  
.
when the shift lever is in the “P” (Park)  
position (CVT/DCT model).  
.
.
when the engine hood is opened.  
.
the shift lever is placed in the “R” (Re-  
verse) position from the “N” (Neutral) or  
“P” (Park) position (for CVT/DCT model).  
.
.
when the vehicle is travelling at altitudes  
higher than 1,500m (4,922 ft) (R9M, R9N  
and M9R engines in combination with  
CVT models).  
when the driver seat belt is unfastened  
and the driver’s door is opened (MT  
model).  
.
.
the driver’s seat belt is unfastened, or the  
driver’s door is open (for CVT/DCT model).  
For Manual Transmission (MT) models  
.
.
.
when the gear shift lever is not in the  
Neutral position (MT models).  
the battery voltage becomes low (due to  
electrical load from other vehicle systems  
like headlights, heaters, etc., or auxiliary  
devices connected to the 12 volt socket  
inside the vehicle).  
— when the shift lever is in any position  
except the “N” (Neutral) position.  
when the automatic brake hold function  
is activated (if equipped).  
— when the clutch pedal is depressed.  
when the ProPILOT system is activated (if  
— when the Intelligent Key is not in the  
equipped).  
vehicle.  
.
.
the vehicle speed is above about 2 km/h  
.
For Continuously Variable Transmission  
(CVT)/Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)  
models  
NOTE:  
(1 MPH).  
when the temperature inside the vehicle  
is too high or low. (When the air condi-  
tioner is off, the Stop/Start System or  
Idling Stop System will operate.)  
It may take some time until the Stop/Start or  
Idling Stop System activates under the fol-  
lowing conditions:  
— when the accelerator pedal is de-  
pressed.  
.
.
when the battery is discharged.  
— when the shift lever is in the “R”  
.
.
when the front defogger is turned on.  
(The engine may not starts depending on  
the outside temperature.)  
when the outside temperature is low or  
(Reverse) position.  
high.  
— when the brake pedal is not firmly  
.
when the battery is replaced or the  
battery terminal is disconnected for ex-  
tended periods and then reconnected.  
depressed.  
when more than 3 minutes have elapsed  
since the Stop/Start System or Idling  
Stop System was active (for CVT/DCT  
model).  
— when stopping the vehicle on steep  
sloping roads.  
NOTE:  
.
when the electric power steering warning  
light, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)  
warning light, or the Vehicle Dynamic  
Control (VDC)/Electronic Stability Pro-  
gram (ESP) warning light illuminates.  
When the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop  
indicator illuminates, the engine starts run-  
ning automatically under at least one of the  
following conditions:  
.
.
when the accelerator pedal is depressed  
(for CVT/DCT model).  
when the steering wheel is operated. (The  
steering wheel operation may become  
heavy, but this is not a malfunction.) (for  
CVT/DCT model)  
.
the brake pedal is released with the shift  
lever in the “D” (Drive) or “N” (Neutral)  
position (the engine will not start if the  
automatic brake hold function is acti-  
vated or the shift lever is in the ”P” (Park)  
Starting and driving 5-25  
.
.
.
when the battery capacity is low.  
and dehumidifying functions will be deacti-  
vated. To avoid the air conditioning functions  
from being deactivated, turn off the Idling Stop  
mode by pressing the Stop/Start or Idling Stop  
OFF switch.  
If the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System  
is activated or deactivated using the Stop/Start  
or Idling Stop OFF switch, the message is  
shown.  
when the power consumption is high.  
when the shift lever is placed in the “R”  
(Reverse) position (for CVT/DCT model).  
.
.
when the clutch pedal is depressed (for  
MT model).  
CO2 or fuel saved and engine stop time  
STOP/START SYSTEM OR IDLING STOP  
SYSTEM DISPLAY  
when the ProPILOT system is set to  
operate (the engine may not start de-  
pending on the amount of brake pedal  
depression) (if equipped).  
Engine stop  
.
.
when the ProPILOT system is activated  
and the driver operates the system to  
start the vehicle (if equipped).  
when the ProPILOT system is activated  
and the vehicle ahead is started (if  
equipped).  
JVS0430X  
CAUTION:  
The CO2 or fuel saved and the engine stop time  
mode shows the following items:  
Only engage gear when the clutch pedal is  
fully depressed (for MT model).  
JVS0341X  
.
The CO2 saved shows the estimated quan-  
tity of CO2 exhaust emissions that were  
prevented by the Stop/Start System or  
Idling Stop System every time the engine  
is automatically stopped. (for Europe and  
South Africa)  
The fuel saved shows the estimated quan-  
tity of fuel that were saved by the Idling  
Stop System every time the engine is  
automatically stopped. (for Australia and  
New Zealand)  
NOTE:  
When the engine is stopped the information is  
displayed for a few seconds.  
The following conditions will prevent the  
Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System  
from automatically restarting the engine.  
Starting the engine with the ignition switch  
operation is then necessary:  
Stop/Start system or Idling Stop Sys-  
tem ON or OFF  
.
.
.
the driver’s seat belt is unfastened, and  
driver’s door is open (for MT model).  
the hood is open.  
.
The engine stop time shows the time that  
the engine has been stopped for by the  
Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System.  
If there is a malfunction with the Dual Clutch  
Transmission (DCT) system, the engine will be  
stalled (for DCT model).  
Use this system while waiting at stoplight, etc.  
When the vehicle is stopped for long periods of  
time, turn off the engine.  
For more information, see “Stop/Start” (P.2-25).  
When the engine is stopped by the Stop/Start  
JVS0638X  
System or Idling Stop System, heating, cooling  
5-26 Starting and driving  
.
.
When the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop  
System is deactivated while the engine is  
running, the engine is prevented from  
automatically stopping.  
When the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop  
System is deactivated after the engine has  
been automatically stopped by the Stop/  
Start System or Idling Stop System, the  
engine will immediately restart if suitable  
conditions are present. The engine will then  
be prevented from automatically stopping  
during the same journey.  
Auto start deactivation  
System fault  
.
.
Whenever the Stop/Start System or Idling  
Stop System is deactivated the indicator  
light on the Stop/Start or Idling Stop OFF  
switch illuminates. In this condition the  
Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System  
cannot prevent unnecessary fuel con-  
sumption, exhaust emissions, or noise dur-  
ing your journey.  
JVS0344X  
JVS0346X  
If the engine stops when the Stop/Start System  
or Idling Stop System is activated, and will not  
start automatically, the message is shown.  
This message is displayed when the Stop/Start  
System or Idling Stop System is malfunctioning.  
Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
Key LOCK warning  
STOP/START OR IDLING STOP OFF  
SWITCH  
If the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop  
System is malfunctioning, the indicator  
light  
on the Stop/Start or Idling Stop  
OFF switch illuminates.  
NOTE:  
The Stop/Start System ON or OFF messages  
displayed for a few seconds in the vehicle  
information display when the Stop/Start or  
Idling Stop OFF switch is pressed. See “Stop/  
Start system or Idling Stop System ON or  
OFF” (P.5-26).  
JVS0345X  
JVS0938X  
The information is displayed and  
a buzzer  
Example  
sounded to remind the driver to turn the  
ignition switch “OFF” to avoid a flat battery.  
The system can be temporarily deactivated by  
pressing the Stop/Start or Idling Stop OFF  
switch. Pressing the switch again or restarting  
the engine by using the ignition switch will  
reactivate the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop  
System.  
The message can only be cleared by turning or  
pushing the ignition switch “OFF” (or restarting  
the engine).  
Starting and driving 5-27  
INTELLIGENT 4X4 (if equipped  
except for Korea)  
4WD mode indicator light  
INTELLIGENT 4X4 MODE SWITCH OP-  
ERATIONS  
Use conditions  
4WD mode  
2WD  
Wheels driven  
Front wheels:  
(
,
)
The wheel drive mode is in  
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD)  
when driving on a normal  
road.*1  
For driving on dry,  
paved roads  
Turn off  
Distribution of torque to  
the front and rear wheels  
changes automatically,  
depending on road condi-  
tions encountered [ratio;  
100 : 0 (2WD) ? 50 : 50  
(4WD)]. This results in im-  
proved driving stability.  
For driving on paved  
or slippery roads  
Illuminates  
AUTO  
LOCK  
JVS0401X  
Intelligent 4x4 mode switch  
The Intelligent 4x4 system is used to select the  
2WD (Two-Wheel Drive), AUTO or LOCK mode  
depending on the driving conditions.  
Turn the Intelligent 4x4 mode switch, located  
on the center console, to select 2WD, AUTO or  
LOCK.  
Illuminate  
/
For driving on rough  
roads  
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)  
*2*3*  
*1:  
The 2WD mode may change to the 4WD mode automatically depending on the driving  
condition. The 4WD mode indicator light does not illuminate.  
AUTO: Turn the Intelligent 4x4 mode switch to  
*2: The LOCK mode will change to the AUTO mode automatically when the vehicle has been  
the neutral (AUTO) position. The Four-Wheel  
driven at a high speed. The 4WD LOCK indicator light turns off.  
Drive (4WD) AUTO indicator light  
meter illuminates.  
in the  
*3: The LOCK mode will automatically be cancelled when the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF”  
position.  
and wait until the “4WD High Temp. Stop  
4WD shift tips  
2WD: Turn the Intelligent 4x4 mode switch  
clockwise to the 2WD position.  
vehicle” warning disappears, the 4WD re-  
.
The oil temperature of power train parts  
will increase if the vehicle is continuously  
operated under conditions where the dif-  
ference in rotation between the front and  
rear wheels is large (wheel slip), such as  
when driving the vehicle on rough roads  
through sand or mud or when freeing a  
stuck vehicle. In these cases, the “4WD High  
Temp. Stop vehicle” warning appears and  
the 4WD mode changes to the 2WD mode  
to protect the power train parts. If you stop  
driving with the engine idling in a safe place  
LOCK: To engage the LOCK mode, turn the  
Intelligent 4x4 mode switch counterclockwise  
to the LOCK position. The switch will return to  
the AUTO position automatically and the Four-  
turns to the mode previously selected.  
.
.
Brake distance in the 4WD mode is the  
same as 2WD.  
Wheel Drive (4WD) LOCK indicator light  
in  
CAUTION:  
the meter illuminates. To disengage the LOCK  
mode, turn the switch to the LOCK position  
again. The switch will return to the AUTO  
position automatically, and the 4WD LOCK  
indicator light turns off.  
Depending on the driving condition, the  
4WD mode may automatically change  
from 2WD to 4WD even when the 2WD  
mode is selected. If this occurs while  
driving, the 4WD mode indicator light will  
not illuminate.  
5-28 Starting and driving  
.
Do not start the engine with the Intelli-  
gent 4x4 mode switch in any mode in the  
following cases:  
— when the vehicle is placed on a free-  
roller or jacking up the vehicle with  
the front tires raised and the rear  
tires on the ground.  
The “Tyre size incorrect” warning may appear  
if there is large difference between the  
a
diameters of front and rear wheels. Pull off  
the road in a safe area, with the engine idling.  
Check that all tire sizes are the same, that the  
tire pressure is correct and that the tires are  
not excessively worn. Change the Intelligent  
4x4 mode switch to the 2WD mode and do not  
drive fast.  
— when towing the vehicle with the rear  
tires raised from the ground.  
If any warning message continues to be  
displayed, have your vehicle checked by  
NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.  
a
.
Operate the Intelligent 4x4 mode switch  
only when driving straight. Do not oper-  
ate the Intelligent 4x4 mode switch when  
making  
a turn or backing up. If the  
CAUTION:  
Intelligent 4x4 mode switch is operated  
.
.
Do not operate the engine on a free roller  
while making  
a turn, accelerating or  
when any of the wheels raised.  
decelerating, or if the ignition switch is  
turned off while in the “AUTO” or “LOCK”  
mode, you may feel a jolt. This is not a  
malfunction.  
If the “4WD system fault” warning ap-  
pears while driving, there may be  
a
malfunction in the 4WD system. Reduce  
the vehicle speed and have your vehicle  
checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as  
possible. Be especially careful when driv-  
ing.  
.
.
Do not operate the Intelligent 4x4 mode  
switch with the front wheel spinning.  
Engine idling speed is high while warm-  
ing up the engine. Be especially careful  
when starting or driving on slippery  
surfaces with the Intelligent 4x4 mode  
switch set in the AUTO mode.  
.
The power train may be damaged if you  
continue driving with the “4WD system  
fault” warning on.  
JVS0411X  
If the “4WD system fault” warning  
appears,  
there may be a malfunction in the 4WD system.  
Reduce vehicle speed and have your vehicle  
4WD MODE INDICATOR LIGHTS  
4WD WARNING  
The 4WD mode indicator lights (  
,
) are  
)
If any malfunction occurs in the Four-Wheel  
Drive (4WD) system while the engine is running,  
warning messages appear in the vehicle in-  
formation display.  
checked by  
a NISSAN dealer as soon as  
located in the meter.  
possible.  
The 4WD mode indicator lights  
(
,
The “4WD High Temp. Stop vehicle” (high  
temperature) warning may appear while  
illuminate when the ignition switch is placed  
in the “ON” position. The indicator lights turn off  
within 1 second.  
trying to free a stuck vehicle due to increased  
oil temperature. The driving mode may change  
to Two-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this warning is  
displayed, stop the vehicle with the engine  
idling, as soon as it is safe to do so. Then if the  
warning turns off, you can continue driving.  
The 4WD mode indicator lights will display the  
mode selected by the Intelligent 4x4 mode  
switch while engine is running.  
The 4WD LOCK indicator light  
illuminates  
Starting and driving 5-29  
simultaneously along with the 4WD AUTO  
.
.
.
Be sure to use the engine brake. The foot  
brake performance may be reduced, result-  
ing in a possible accident.  
Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill.  
At the top there could be a drop-off or  
other hazard that could cause an accident.  
WARNING:  
indicator light  
mode.  
when selecting the LOCK  
Do not watch the screen for prolonged  
periods of time while driving. Doing so could  
cause an accident.  
The 4WD AUTO indicator light  
illuminates  
when selecting the AUTO mode.  
If the 4WD warning message appears in the  
vehicle information display, the 4WD mode  
indicator lights will turn off.  
If your engine stalls or you cannot make it  
to the top of a steep hill, never attempt to  
turn around. Your vehicle could tip or roll  
over. Always back straight down in reverse  
gear. Never back down in the “N” (Neutral)  
position using only the brake, as this could  
cause loss of control.  
CAUTION:  
The display may not change when the  
change of torque distribution is small. This  
is not a malfunction.  
INTELLIGENT 4X4 TORQUE DISTRIBU-  
TION INDICATOR  
OFF-ROAD DRIVING SAFETY PRECAU-  
TIONS  
.
.
.
Heavy braking going down a hill could  
cause the brakes to overheat and fade,  
resulting in loss of control and an accident.  
Apply brakes lightly and use a low gear to  
control your speed.  
.
.
.
Drive carefully when off the road and avoid  
dangerous areas. Always wear your seat  
belts to help keep you and your passengers  
in position when driving over rough terrain.  
Unsecured luggage can be thrown around  
when driving over rough terrain. Properly  
secure it so that it will not be thrown  
forward and cause injury to you or your  
passengers.  
To avoid raising the center of gravity  
excessively, do not exceed the rated capa-  
city of the roof rack/gear bin (if equipped)  
and evenly distribute the load. Secure  
heavy loads in the luggage area as far  
forward and as low as possible. Do not  
equip the vehicle with tires larger than  
specified. This could cause your vehicle to  
rollover.  
Do not grip the inside or spokes of the  
steering wheel when driving off-road. The  
steering wheel could jerk and injure your  
hands. Instead drive with your fingers and  
thumbs on the outside of the rim.  
Before operating vehicle, ensure that the  
driver and all passengers have their seat  
belts fastened.  
Before driving up or down grades, check  
the road surface for bumps or potholes. Be  
sure to climb a gentle slope and descend a  
gentle slope.  
Do not drive across steep slopes. Instead  
drive either straight up or straight down  
the slopes. Off-road vehicles can tip over  
sideways much more easily than they can  
forward or backward.  
To prevent damage to the vehicle, do not  
drive on dry and hard surface roads in the  
LOCK mode.  
Many hills are too steep for any vehicle. If  
you drive up them, you may stall. If you  
drive down them, you may not be able to  
control your speed. If you drive across  
them, you may roll over.  
JVS0400X  
When the Intelligent 4x4 torque distribution  
display is selected, you can view the distribu-  
tion ratio of the transmission torque to the  
front and rear wheels during driving. The  
Intelligent 4x4 torque distribution display is  
shown on the vehicle information display  
screen.  
.
.
For more information, see “Trip computer” (P.2-  
.
.
41).  
Distribution ratio of front wheels  
Distribution ratio of rear wheels  
.
Do not shift gears while driving on downhill  
grades as this could cause loss of control of  
the vehicle.  
5-30 Starting and driving  
.
.
Always drive with the floor mats in place as  
the floor may become very hot. Particular  
care should be taken if you are barefoot.  
TIRES OF 4WD MODEL  
Tire rotation  
NISSAN recommends that tires be rotated  
every 5,000 km (3,000 miles). Do not include  
the spare tire in the tire rotation.  
CAUTION:  
Lower your speed when encountering  
strong crosswinds. With its higher center  
of gravity, your vehicle is more affected by  
gusty side winds. Slower speeds ensure  
better vehicle control.  
.
Always use tires of the same size, brand,  
construction (bias, bias-belted or radial),  
and tread pattern on all four wheels.  
Failure to do so may result in a circum-  
ference difference between tires on the  
front and rear axles which will cause  
excessive tire wear and may damage  
the transmission, transfer case and rear  
differential gears.  
Tire chain  
Tire chains must be installed only on the  
front wheels and not on the rear wheels.  
.
.
Do not drive beyond the performance of  
Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads  
which are clear of snow. Driving with chains in  
such conditions can cause damage to the  
various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some  
overstress.  
the tires even with 4WD.  
Sudden acceleration, sharp steering  
maneuvers or sudden braking may cause  
loss of control.  
.
Only use spare tires specified for each  
Always use tires of the same type, size,  
brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or  
radial), and tread pattern on all four wheels.  
Install tire chains on the front wheels when  
driving on slippery roads and drive care-  
fully.  
Be sure to check the brakes immediately  
after driving in mud or water. (See “Brake  
system” (P.5-156).)  
Whenever you drive off-road through sand,  
mud or water as deep as the wheel hub,  
more frequent maintenance may be re-  
quired. For details, refer to “Maintenance for  
off-road driving” in a separate maintenance  
booklet.  
Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills. If  
you get out of the vehicle and it rolls  
forward, backward or sideways, you could  
be injured.  
4WD model.  
If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-  
mended that all four tires be replaced with tires  
of the same size, brand, construction and tread  
pattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignment  
should also be checked and corrected as  
necessary. Contact a NISSAN dealer.  
.
.
Snow tires  
If you install snow tires, they must also be the  
same size, brand, construction and tread  
pattern on all four wheels.  
Tire inflation pressure  
.
Check the pressures in all tires, including the  
spare, with a gauge periodically when at a  
service station. Adjust to the specified pressure  
if necessary. Tire pressures are shown on the  
tire placard.  
Starting and driving 5-31  
INTELLIGENT 4X4 (if equipped for Korea)  
Use conditions  
AWD mode  
AUTO  
Wheels driven  
AWD LOCK indicator light  
INTELLIGENT 4X4 LOCK SWITCH OP-  
ERATIONS  
Distribution of torque to  
the front and rear wheels  
changes automatically,  
depending on road condi-  
tions encountered [ratio;  
100 : 0 /? 50 : 50]. This  
results in improved driving  
stability.*1  
For driving on paved  
or slippery roads  
-
For driving on rough  
roads  
LOCK  
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) *2*3*  
*1:  
When the rotation difference between the front and rear wheels is large, the AWD mode may  
change from AUTO to LOCK for a while, however, this is not a malfunction.  
JVS1024X  
*2: The LOCK mode will change to the AUTO mode automatically when the vehicle has been  
driven at a high speed. The AWD LOCK indicator light turns off.  
The Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is located on  
the lower side of the instrument panel. This  
switch is used to select the AUTO or LOCK  
mode depending on the driving conditions.  
LOCK mode:  
The AWD LOCK indicator light will illuminate.  
AUTO mode:  
*3: The LOCK mode will automatically be cancelled when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF  
position.  
.
.
.
The AWD torque distribution between the  
front and rear wheels can be displayed in  
the vehicle information display. See “Vehicle  
information display” (P.2-22).  
If the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is oper-  
ated while accelerating or decelerating, or if  
the ignition switch is turned off, you may  
feel a jolt. This is normal.  
The oil temperature of the powertrain parts  
will increase if the vehicle is continuously  
operated under conditions where the dif-  
ference in rotation between the front and  
rear wheels is large (wheel slip), such as  
when driving the vehicle on rough roads,  
through sand or mud, or freeing a stuck  
vehicle. In these cases, the master warning  
light illuminates and the AWD mode  
changes to 2WD to protect the powertrain  
parts. Stop driving with the engine idling  
and wait until the warning light turns off  
and the AWD returns to the AUTO mode. If  
the warning light remains on, have your  
vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is  
recommended that you visit  
dealer for this service.  
a NISSAN  
WARNING:  
The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off.  
.
When driving straight, shift the Intelligent  
4x4 LOCK switch to AUTO. Do not operate  
the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch when  
making a turn or backing up.  
Each time you push the switch, the AWD mode  
will switch: AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.  
.
.
Do not operate the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK  
switch with the front wheel spinning.  
Engine idling speed is high while warm-  
ing up the engine. Be especially careful  
when starting or driving on slippery  
surfaces.  
.
When turning the vehicle in LOCK mode  
on paved roads, you may feel a braking  
effect. This is a normal condition of the  
AWD model.  
5-32 Starting and driving  
trying to free a stuck vehicle due to increased  
oil temperature. The driving mode may change  
to Two-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this warning is  
displayed, stop the vehicle with the engine  
idling, as soon as it is safe to do so. Then if the  
warning turns off, you can continue driving.  
vehicle damage or personal injury.  
CAUTION:  
AWD WARNING  
If any malfunction occurs in the Intelligent 4x4  
system while the engine is running, warning  
messages appear in the vehicle information  
display.  
.
.
Do not operate the engine on a free roller  
when any of the wheels raised.  
The power train may be damaged if you  
continue driving with the “AWD Error”  
warning on.  
If the warning message remains on after  
the above operation, have your vehicle  
checked as soon as possible. It is recom-  
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for  
this service.  
If the “AWD Error” warning appears while  
driving, there may be a malfunction in the  
AWD system.  
The “Tire Size Incorrect” warning may appear  
if there is  
a large difference between the  
diameters of front and rear wheels. Pull off  
the road in a safe area, with the engine idling.  
Check that all tire sizes are the same, that the  
tire pressure is correct and that the tires are  
not excessively worn. Turn off the Intelligent  
4x4 LOCK switch and do not drive fast.  
.
.
If any warning message continues to be  
displayed, have your vehicle checked by  
NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.  
a
Reduce the vehicle speed and have your  
vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is  
recommended that you visit a NISSAN  
dealer for this service.  
WARNING:  
.
.
For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-  
tempt to raise two wheels off the ground  
and shift the transmission to any drive or  
reverse position with the engine running.  
Doing so may result in drivetrain damage  
or unexpected vehicle movement which  
could result in serious vehicle damage or  
personal injury.  
.
Never drive on dry, hard surface roads in  
the LOCK mode, as this will overload the  
powertrain and may cause  
malfunction.  
a serious  
Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped  
vehicle on a 2–wheel dynamometer (such  
as the dynamometers used by some  
states for emissions testing) or similar  
equipment even if the other two wheels  
are raised off the ground. Make sure that  
you inform the test facility personnel that  
your vehicle is equipped with AWD before  
it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the  
wrong test equipment may result in drive  
train damage or unexpected vehicle  
movement which could result in serious  
JVS1120X  
If the “AWD Error” warning  
appears, there  
may be a malfunction in the Intelligent 4x4  
system. Reduce vehicle speed and have your  
vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as  
possible.  
The “AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle” (high  
temperature) warning  
may appear while  
Starting and driving 5-33  
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL  
(VDC)/ELECTRONIC STABILITY  
PROGRAM (ESP) SYSTEM  
Except for Europe: Vehicle Dynamic Control  
types of roads.  
prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving  
situations.  
(VDC) system  
For Europe: Electronic Stability Program  
(ESP) system  
.
When driving on an unstable surface such  
as a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the  
When the VDC/ESP system operates, the VDC/  
VDC/ESP warning light  
may illumi-  
ESP warning light  
note the following:  
in the meter flashes so  
nate. This is not a malfunction. Restart  
the engine after driving onto a stable  
surface.  
WARNING:  
.
.
The road may be slippery or the system  
may determine some action is required to  
help the vehicle on the steered path.  
.
.
The VDC/ESP system is designed to help  
the driver maintain stability but does not  
prevent accidents due to abrupt steering  
operation at high speeds or by careless  
or dangerous driving techniques. Reduce  
vehicle speed and be especially careful  
when driving and cornering on slippery  
surfaces and always drive carefully.  
Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If  
suspension parts such as shock absor-  
bers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bush-  
ings and wheels are not NISSAN  
recommended for your vehicle or are  
extremely deteriorated, the VDC/ESP sys-  
tem may not operate properly. This could  
adversely affect vehicle handling perfor-  
mance, and the VDC/ESP warning light  
may illuminate.  
.
.
If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN  
recommended ones are used, the VDC/  
ESP system may not operate properly  
You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal  
and hear a noise or vibration from under  
the hood. This is normal and indicates that  
the VDC/ESP system is working properly.  
and the VDC/ESP warning light  
illuminate.  
may  
The VDC/ESP system is not a substitute  
for winter tires or tire chains on a snow  
covered road.  
.
Adjust your speed and driving to the road  
conditions.  
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC/  
ESP warning light  
illuminates in the meter.  
The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Electronic  
Stability Program (ESP) system uses various  
sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle  
motion. Under certain driving conditions, the  
VDC/ESP system helps to perform the following  
functions.  
The VDC/ESP system automatically turns off.  
The VDC/ESP OFF switch is used to turn off the  
VDC/ESP system. The VDC/ESP off indicator  
light  
illuminates to indicate the VDC/ESP  
system is off. When the VDC/ESP OFF switch is  
used to turn off the system, the VDC/ESP  
system still operates to prevent one drive  
wheel from slipping by transferring power to  
.
Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel  
slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is  
transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on  
the same axle.  
Controls brake pressure and engine output  
to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle  
speed (traction control function).  
Controls brake pressure at individual  
wheels and engine output to help the driver  
maintain control of the vehicle in the  
following conditions:  
a
non slipping drive wheel. The VDC/ESP  
.
If brake related parts such as brake pads,  
rotors and calipers are not NISSAN re-  
commended or are extremely deterio-  
rated, the VDC/ESP system may not  
operate properly and the VDC/ESP warn-  
warning light  
flashes if this occurs. All  
.
.
other VDC/ESP functions are off and the VDC/  
ESP warning light  
will not flash. The VDC/  
ESP system is automatically reset to on when  
the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF”  
position then back to the “ON” position.  
ing light  
may illuminate.  
.
.
If engine control related parts are not  
NISSAN recommended or are extremely  
deteriorated, the VDC/ESP warning light  
may illuminate.  
See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning  
light/Electronic Stability Program (ESP) warning  
light” (P.2-18) and “Vehicle Dynamic Control  
(VDC) off indicator light/Electronic Stability  
Program (ESP) off indicator light” (P.2-21).  
The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature  
that tests the system each time you start the  
engine and move the vehicle forward or in  
— understeer (vehicle tends to not follow  
the steered path despite increased  
steering input)  
When driving on extremely inclined sur-  
faces such as higher banked corners, the  
VDC/ESP system may not operate prop-  
erly and the VDC/ESP warning light  
— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to  
certain road or driving conditions).  
The VDC/ESP system can help the driver to  
maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot  
may illuminate. Do not drive on these  
5-34 Starting and driving  
CHASSIS CONTROL  
The chassis control is an electric control  
module that includes the following functions:  
reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test  
occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or  
feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is  
normal and is not an indication of a malfunc-  
tion.  
.
.
.
Intelligent Trace Control  
Intelligent Engine Brake  
Intelligent Ride Control  
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)/  
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM (ESP)  
SYSTEM OFF SWITCH  
INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL  
This system senses driving based on the  
driver’s steering and acceleration/braking pat-  
terns, and controls brake pressure at individual  
wheels to aid tracing at corners and help  
smooth vehicle response.  
The Intelligent Trace Control can be set to ON  
(enabled) or OFF (disabled) through the vehicle  
information display “Settings” page. See “Vehi-  
cle information display” (P.2-22) for more in-  
formation.  
When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/  
Electronic Stability Program (ESP) OFF switch  
is used to turn off the VDC/ESP system, the  
Intelligent Trace Control is also turned off.  
SSD1149  
The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle  
Dynamic Control (VDC)/Electronic Stability Pro-  
gram (ESP) system ON for most driving condi-  
tions.  
When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the  
VDC/ESP system reduces the engine output to  
reduce wheel spin. The engine speed will be  
reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to  
the floor. If maximum engine power is needed  
to free  
a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC/ESP  
system off.  
To turn off the VDC/ESP system, push the VDC/  
ESP OFF switch. The VDC/ESP off indicator light  
will illuminate.  
Push the VDC/ESP OFF switch again or restart  
the engine to turn ON the system.  
Starting and driving 5-35  
JVS0403X  
When the Intelligent Trace Control is operated  
and the “Chassis Control” mode is selected in  
the trip computer, the Intelligent Trace Control  
graphics are shown in the vehicle information  
display. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-41).)  
If the chassis control warning message ap-  
pears in the vehicle information display, it may  
indicate that the Intelligent Trace Control is not  
functioning properly. Have the system checked  
by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. (See  
“Vehicle information display warnings and in-  
dicators” (P.2-31).)  
INTELLIGENT ENGINE BRAKE (Continu-  
ously Variable Transmission (CVT)/Dual  
Clutch Transmission (DCT) MODELS)  
The Intelligent Engine Brake function adds  
subtle deceleration by controlling CVT/DCT  
gear ratio, depending on the cornering condi-  
tion calculated from driver’s steering input and  
plural sensors. This benefit to easier traceability  
and less workload of adjusting speed with  
braking at corners.  
The Intelligent Engine Brake also adds subtle  
deceleration with gear ratio control according  
to driver’s brake pedal operation.  
The Intelligent Engine Brake can be set to ON  
(enabled) or OFF (disabled) through the vehicle  
information display “Settings” page. See “Vehi-  
cle information display” (P.2-22) for more in-  
formation.  
WARNING:  
The Intelligent Trace Control may not be  
effective depending on the driving condition.  
Always drive carefully and attentively.  
When the Intelligent Trace Control is operating,  
you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and  
hear a noise. This is normal and indicates that  
the Intelligent Trace Control is operating prop-  
erly.  
Even if the Intelligent Trace Control is set to  
OFF, some functions will remain on to assist the  
driver (for example, avoidance scenes).  
5-36 Starting and driving  
mode is selected in the trip computer, the  
Intelligent Ride Control graphics are shown in  
the vehicle information display. See “Trip com-  
puter” (P.2-41) for more information.  
If the chassis control warning message ap-  
pears in the vehicle information display, it may  
indicate that the Intelligent Ride Control is not  
functioning properly. Have the system checked  
by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.  
When the Intelligent Ride Control is operating,  
you may hear noise and sense slight decelera-  
tion. This is normal and indicates that the  
Intelligent Ride Control is operating properly.  
JVS0403X  
When the Intelligent Engine Brake is operated  
at corners and the “Chassis Control” mode is  
selected in the trip computer, the Intelligent  
Engine Brake graphics are shown in the vehicle  
information display. See “Trip computer” (P.2-41)  
for more information.  
If the chassis control warning message ap-  
pears in the vehicle information display, it may  
indicate that the Intelligent Engine Brake is not  
functioning properly. Have the system checked  
by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.  
INTELLIGENT RIDE CONTROL  
This system senses upper body motion based  
on wheel speed information and controls  
engine torque and four wheel brake pressure  
to enhance ride comfort in effort to restrain  
uncomfortable upper body movement. This  
system come into effect above 40 km/h (25  
MPH). When the VDC/ESP OFF switch is used to  
turn off the VDC/ESP system, the Intelligent  
Ride Control is also turned off. Engine torque  
control is available for MR20 and QR25 engines  
only.  
WARNING:  
The Intelligent Engine Brake may not be  
effective depending on the driving condition.  
Always drive carefully and attentively.  
When the Intelligent Engine Brake is operating,  
the needle of the tachometer will rise up and  
you may hear an engine noise. This is normal  
and indicates that the Intelligent Engine Brake  
is operating properly.  
JVS0398X  
When the brake control of the Intelligent Ride  
Control is operated and the “Chassis Control”  
Starting and driving 5-37  
HILL DESCENT CONTROL SYSTEM  
(if equipped)  
HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM  
.
The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill  
by applying the brake.  
WARNING:  
WARNING:  
The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After  
2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and  
the hill start assist system will stop operating  
completely.  
The hill start assist system will not operate  
when the transmission is shifted to the “N”  
(Neutral) or “P” (Park) position or on a flat and  
level road.  
When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/  
Electronic Stability Program (ESP) warning light  
illuminates in the meter, the hill start assist  
system will not operate. (See “Vehicle Dynamic  
Control (VDC) warning light/Electronic Stability  
Program (ESP) warning light” (P.2-18).)  
.
Never rely solely on the hill start assist  
system to prevent the vehicle from mov-  
.
Never rely solely on the hill descent  
control system to control vehicle speed  
when driving on steep downhill grades.  
Always drive carefully when using the hill  
descent control system and decelerate  
the vehicle speed by depressing the  
brake pedal if necessary. Be especially  
careful when driving on frozen, muddy or  
extremely steep downhill roads. Failure  
to control vehicle speed may result in a  
loss of control of the vehicle and possible  
serious injury or death.  
The hill descent control system may not  
control the vehicle speed on a hill under  
all load or road conditions. Always be  
prepared to depress the brake pedal to  
control vehicle speed. Failure to do so  
may result in a collision or serious perso-  
nal injury.  
ing backward on  
a hill. Always drive  
carefully and attentively. Depress the  
brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped  
on a steep hill. Be especially careful when  
stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy  
roads. Failure to prevent the vehicle from  
rolling backwards may result in a loss of  
control of the vehicle and possible ser-  
ious injury or death.  
The hill start assist system is not de-  
signed to hold the vehicle at a standstill  
on a hill. Depress the brake pedal when  
the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill.  
Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to  
roll backwards and may result in a colli-  
sion or serious personal injury.  
.
.
.
The hill start assist system may not  
prevent the vehicle from rolling back-  
wards on a hill under all load or road  
conditions. Always be prepared to de-  
press the brake pedal to prevent the  
vehicle from rolling backwards. Failure  
CAUTION:  
When the hill descent control system oper-  
ates continuously for a long time, the tem-  
perature of the Vehicle Dynamic Control  
(VDC)/Electronic Stability Program (ESP) sys-  
tem actuator may increase and the hill  
descent control system may be temporarily  
disabled (the hill descent control system on  
indicator light will blink). If the indicator light  
does not come on continuously after blink-  
ing, stop using the system.  
to do so may result in  
serious personal injury.  
a collision or  
The hill start assist system automatically keeps  
the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle  
from rolling backwards in the time it takes the  
driver to release the brake pedal and apply the  
accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a  
hill.  
The hill start assist system will operate auto-  
When the hill descent control system is acti-  
vated, it automatically applies smooth brakes  
matically under the following conditions:  
to control speed on  
a steep and slippery  
.
The transmission is shifted to a forward or  
reverse gear.  
descent or off the road without brake or  
accelerator operation.  
5-38 Starting and driving  
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)  
(if equipped)  
The hill descent control system helps maintain  
vehicle speed when driving under 25 km/h (15  
MPH) on a steep descent that engine braking  
alone in Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)/All-Wheel Drive  
(AWD) mode cannot control the speed.  
.
.
Turn the Intelligent 4x4 mode switch to the  
LOCK mode and drive the vehicle at  
speed under 25 km/h (15 MPH).  
a
Push the hill descent control switch to the  
“ON” position.  
When driving forward on the descent, the  
speed can be adjusted by the brake or accel-  
erator operation. The system maintains the  
speed for reverse driving on the descent.  
If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed  
while the hill descent control system is on, the  
system will stop operating temporarily. As soon  
as the accelerator or brake pedal is released,  
the hill descent control system begins to  
function again if the hill descent control  
operating conditions are fulfilled.  
HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH  
JVS0939X  
The hill descent control system on indicator  
light blinks if the hill descent control switch is  
on and all conditions for system activation are  
not met, or if the system becomes disengaged  
for any reason.  
When the vehicle speed exceeds 40 km/h (25  
MPH), the 4WD mode indicator light changes  
from LOCK to AUTO. Once the speed decreases  
to 25 km/h (15 MPH), turn the Intelligent 4x4  
mode switch to LOCK again to turn on the hill  
descent control system.  
NOTE:  
For Europe: if your vehicle is fitted with  
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) or ProPILOT,  
refer to the dedicated section later in this  
manual for information on the Lane Depar-  
ture Warning (LDW) System.  
.
ICC: See “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)  
and steering assist (If equipped for Eur-  
opean Manual Transmission model)” (P.5-  
77).  
JVS0402X  
.
ProPILOT: See “ProPILOT” (P.5-104).  
To turn off the hill descent control system, push  
the hill descent control switch to the OFF  
position.  
When additional braking is required on steep  
downhill roads, activate the hill descent control  
system by pushing the hill descent control  
switch on.  
WARNING:  
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the LDW system could  
result in serious injury or death.  
When the hill descent control system is acti-  
vated, the hill descent control system on  
indicator light  
will illuminate. (See “Hill  
.
This system is only a warning device to  
inform the driver of potential unin-  
descent control system on indicator light”  
(P.2-19).) Also, the stop/tail lights illuminate  
while the hill descent control system is applying  
the brakes to control the vehicle speed.  
a
tended lane departure. It will not steer  
the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is  
the driver’s responsibility to stay alert,  
drive safely, keep the vehicle in the  
traveling lane, and be in control of the  
vehicle at all times.  
To activate the hill descent control system,  
satisfy all of the following conditions:  
.
Shift the transmission to the forward or  
reverse gear.  
The LDW system will operate when the vehicle  
is driven at speeds of the following speeds and  
Starting and driving 5-39  
above, and only when the lane markings are  
clearly visible on the road.  
.
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for Eur-  
ope)  
.
approximately 70 km/h (43 MPH) (except  
for Europe)  
The LDW system monitors the lane markers on  
the traveling lane using the camera unit  
located above the inside mirror.  
The LDW system warns the driver with a LDW  
indicator on the vehicle information display  
and chime that the vehicle is beginning to leave  
the driving lane. For additional information,  
refer to “LDW system operation” (P.5-40).  
JVS1018X  
LDW indicator (on the vehicle information  
display)  
LDW SYSTEM OPERATION  
The LDW system provides a lane departure  
warning function when the vehicle is driven at  
speeds of the following speeds and above, and  
the lane markings are clear.  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left  
side)  
Vehicle information display  
LDW switch (if equipped)  
.
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) and  
above (for Europe)  
.
approximately 70 km/h (43 MPH) and  
above (except for Europe)  
When the vehicle approaches either the left or  
the right side of the traveling lane, a warning  
chime will sound and the LDW indicator on the  
5-40 Starting and driving  
vehicle information display will blink to alert the  
driver.  
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDW SYSTEM  
The warning function will stop when the vehicle  
returns inside of the lane markers.  
For the model with the LDW switch, to turn on  
the LDW system, push the LDW switch on the  
instrument panel after starting the engine.  
Push the LDW switch again to turn off the  
LDW system.  
JVS1019X  
Vehicle information display  
press the “OK” button.  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left  
2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK”  
side)  
button.  
LDW switch (if equipped)  
3. To set the LDW system to on or off, use the  
buttons to navigate in the menu and  
use the “OK” button to select or change an  
item:  
Perform the following steps to enable or  
disable the LDW system.  
1. Press the  
button until “Settings”  
.
Select “Lane” and press the “OK” button.  
displays in the vehicle information display  
and then press “OK” button. Use the  
button to select “Driver Assistance”. Then  
Starting and driving 5-41  
— To turn on the warning system, use  
the “OK” button to check the box for  
“Warning”.  
.
Do not use the LDW system under the  
following conditions as it may not func-  
tion properly:  
— On roads where discontinued lane  
markers are still detectable.  
— On roads where there are sharp  
curves.  
For the model with the LDW switch, to turn on  
the LDW system, push the LDW switch on the  
instrument panel after starting the engine.  
Push the LDW switch again to turn off the  
LDW system. The indicator on the LDW switch  
illuminates when the LDW system is ON. When  
you turn the LDW system on using the LDW  
switch (if equipped), the LDW system setting on  
the “Settings” menu also turns on at the same  
time.  
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,  
etc.).  
— On roads where there are sharply  
contrasting objects, such as sha-  
dows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams  
or lines remaining after road repairs.  
(The LDW system could detect these  
items as lane markers.)  
— When driving on slippery roads, such  
as on ice or snow.  
— When driving on winding or uneven  
roads.  
— When there is a lane closure due to  
road repairs.  
— On roads where the traveling lane  
merges or separates.  
— When driving in a makeshift or tem-  
porary lane.  
NOTE:  
— When the vehicle’s traveling direction  
does not align with the lane marker.  
If you turn the LDW system off using either  
the LDW switch (if equipped) or the “Settings”  
menu, the system will remain turned off the  
next time you start the engine.  
— When driving on roads where the lane  
width is too narrow.  
— When traveling close to the vehicle in  
front of you, which obstructs the lane  
camera unit detection range.  
— When driving without normal tire  
conditions (for example, tire wear,  
low tire pressure, installation of spare  
tire, tire chains, non-standard  
wheels).  
LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS  
— When rain, snow, dirt or object ad-  
heres to the windshield in front of the  
lane camera unit.  
WARNING:  
— When the headlights are not bright  
due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming  
is not adjusted properly.  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the LDW system. Failure to follow the warn-  
ings and instructions for proper use of the  
LDW system could result in serious injury or  
death.  
— When the vehicle is equipped with  
non-original brake parts or suspen-  
sion parts.  
— When strong light enters the lane  
camera unit. (For example, the light  
directly shines on the front of the  
vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)  
— When you are towing a trailer or other  
vehicle (for Australia, New Zealand,  
South Africa and Europe).  
.
.
The system will not operate at speeds  
below the following speeds, or if it cannot  
detect lane markers.  
.
The system may not function properly  
under the following conditions:  
— When a sudden change in brightness  
occurs. (For example, when the vehi-  
cle enters or exits a tunnel or under a  
bridge.)  
— approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for  
— On roads where there are multiple  
parallel lane markers; lane markers  
that are faded or not painted clearly;  
yellow painted lane markers; non-  
standard lane markers; or lane mar-  
kers covered with water, dirt, snow,  
etc.  
Europe)  
— approximately 70 km/h (43 MPH) (ex-  
cept for Europe)  
Excessive noise will interfere with the  
warning chime sound, and the chime  
may not be heard.  
5-42 Starting and driving  
INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION  
(if equipped)  
dealer.  
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE  
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under  
high temperature conditions (over approxi-  
mately 40°C (104°F)) and then started, the  
LDW system may be deactivated automatically,  
the LDW indicator will flash and the following  
message “Not available: High Cabin Tempera-  
ture” will appear in the vehicle information  
display.  
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE  
When the interior temperature is reduced, the  
LDW system will resume operating automati-  
cally and the LDW indicator will stop flashing.  
JVS0939X  
The LDW system is not designed to warn under  
NOTE:  
the following conditions:  
SSD0453  
For Europe: if your vehicle is fitted with  
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) or ProPILOT,  
refer to the dedicated section later in this  
manual for information on the Intelligent  
Lane Intervention system.  
.
.
When you operate the lane change signal  
and change traveling lanes in the direction  
of the signal. (The LDW system will become  
operable again approximately 2 seconds  
after the lane change signal is turned off.)  
The lane camera unit  
for the LDW system is  
located above the inside mirror.  
To keep the proper operation of the LDW  
system and prevent a system malfunction, be  
sure to observe the following:  
.
ICC: See “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) and  
steering assist (If equipped for European  
Manual Transmission model)” (P.5-77).  
When the vehicle speed lowers to less than  
the following speeds:  
.
.
Always keep the windshield clean.  
— approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for  
Europe)  
Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-  
ent material) or install an accessory near  
the camera unit.  
.
ProPILOT: See “ProPILOT” (P.5-104).  
— approximately 70 km/h (43 MPH) (except  
WARNING:  
for Europe)  
.
.
Do not place reflective materials, such as  
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument  
panel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-  
versely affect the camera unit’s capability  
of detecting the lane markers.  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the camera unit. Do not touch the camera  
lens or remove the screw located on the  
camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged  
due to an accident, it is recommended that  
you visit a NISSAN dealer.  
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system could result in serious  
injury or death.  
After the above conditions have finished and  
the necessary operating conditions are satis-  
fied, the LDW system will resume.  
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION  
.
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss  
of control. It is the driver’s responsibility  
to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle  
in the traveling lane, and be in control of  
the vehicle at all times.  
If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel  
automatically and “System fault” will appear in  
the vehicle information display. If “System fault”  
appears in the vehicle information display, pull  
off the road to a safe location and stop the  
vehicle. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF”  
position and restart the engine. If “System fault”  
continues to appear in the vehicle information  
display, have the system checked at a NISSAN  
.
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
is primarily intended for use on well-  
developed freeways or highways. It may  
not detect the lane markers in certain  
Starting and driving 5-43  
road, weather, or driving conditions.  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system must  
be turned on with the Intelligent Lane Inter-  
vention switch every time the ignition switch is  
placed in the “ON” position.  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system will  
operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of  
the following speeds and above, and only when  
the lane markings are clearly visible on the  
road.  
.
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for Eur-  
ope)  
.
approximately 70 km/h (43 MPH) (except  
for Europe)  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system warns  
the driver when the vehicle has left the center  
of the traveling lane with a Intelligent Lane  
Intervention indicator on the vehicle informa-  
tion display and chime. The system helps assist  
the driver to return the vehicle to the center of  
the traveling lane by applying the brakes to the  
left or right wheels individually (for a short  
period of time).  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system moni-  
tors the lane markers on the traveling lane  
using the camera unit  
inside mirror.  
located above the  
JVS0940X  
Intelligent Lane Intervention ON indicator  
(on the vehicle information display)  
INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION SYS-  
TEM OPERATION  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system oper-  
Intelligent Lane Intervention indicator (on  
the vehicle information display)  
ates above the following speeds:  
Vehicle information display  
.
.
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for Eur-  
ope)  
approximately 70 km/h (43 MPH) and  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left  
side)  
Intelligent Lane Intervention switch  
above (except for Europe)  
When the vehicle approaches either the left or  
the right side of the traveling lane, a warning  
chime will sound and the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention indicator (orange) on the vehicle  
5-44 Starting and driving  
information display will blink to alert the driver.  
Then, the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
will automatically apply the brakes for a short  
period of time to help assist the driver to return  
the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane.  
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION SYSTEM  
To turn on the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
system, push the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
switch on the instrument panel after starting  
the engine. The Intelligent Lane Intervention  
ON indicator on the vehicle information display  
will appear. Push the Intelligent Lane Interven-  
tion switch again to turn off the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system. The Intelligent Lane Inter-  
vention ON indicator on the vehicle information  
display will turn off.  
JVS0947X  
Vehicle information display  
Intelligent Lane Intervention switch  
vention ON indicator on the vehicle information  
display will turn off.  
To turn on the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
system, push the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
switch on the instrument panel after starting  
the engine. The Intelligent Lane Intervention  
ON indicator on the vehicle information display  
will appear. Push the Intelligent Lane Interven-  
tion switch again to turn off the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system. The Intelligent Lane Inter-  
Starting and driving 5-45  
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,  
etc.).  
— On roads where there are sharp  
curves.  
INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION SYS-  
TEM LIMITATIONS  
— When driving on slippery roads, such  
as on ice or snow.  
— On roads where there are sharply  
contrasting objects, such as sha-  
dows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams  
or lines remaining after road repairs.  
(The Intelligent Lane Intervention sys-  
tem could detect these items as lane  
markers.)  
WARNING:  
— When driving on winding or uneven  
roads.  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the Intelligent Lane Intervention system. Fail-  
ure to follow the warnings and instructions  
for proper use of the Intelligent Lane Inter-  
vention system could result in serious injury  
or death.  
— When there is a lane closure due to  
road repairs.  
— On roads where the traveling lane  
merges or separates.  
— When driving in a makeshift or tem-  
porary lane.  
.
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
may activate if you change lanes without  
first activating your turn signal or, for  
example, if a construction zone directs  
traffic to cross an existing lane marker. If  
this occurs you may need to apply  
corrective steering to complete your lane  
change.  
— When the vehicle’s traveling direction  
does not align with the lane marker.  
— When driving on roads where the lane  
width is too narrow.  
— When traveling close to the vehicle in  
front of you, which obstructs the lane  
camera unit detection range.  
— When driving without normal tire  
conditions (for example, tire wear,  
low tire pressure, installation of spare  
tire, tire chains, non-standard  
wheels).  
— When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the  
windshield in front of the lane cam-  
era unit.  
.
.
Because the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
may not activate under the road, weath-  
er, and lane marker conditions described  
in this section, it may not activate every  
time your vehicle begins to leave its lane  
and you will need to apply corrective  
steering.  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
will not operate at speeds below the  
following speeds, or if it cannot detect  
lane markers.  
— When the vehicle is equipped with  
non-original brake parts or suspen-  
sion parts.  
— When the headlights are not bright  
due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming  
is not adjusted properly.  
— When you are towing a trailer or other  
vehicle (for Australia, New Zealand,  
South Africa and Europe).  
— When strong light enters the lane  
camera unit. (For example, the light  
directly shines on the front of the  
vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)  
.
The system may not function properly  
under the following conditions:  
— On roads where there are multiple  
parallel lane markers; lane markers  
that are faded or not painted clearly;  
yellow painted lane markers; non-  
standard lane markers; or lane mar-  
kers covered with water, dirt, snow,  
etc.  
— When a sudden change in brightness  
occurs. (For example, when the vehi-  
cle enters or exits a tunnel or under a  
bridge.)  
— approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for  
Europe)  
— approximately 70 km/h (43 MPH) (ex-  
cept for Europe)  
.
Excessive noise will interfere with the  
warning chime sound, and the chime  
may not be heard.  
.
Do not use the Intelligent Lane Interven-  
tion system under the following condi-  
tions as it may not function properly:  
— On roads where discontinued lane  
markers are still detectable.  
While the Intelligent Lane Intervention sys-  
tem is operating, you may hear a sound of  
brake operation. This is normal and indicates  
that the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
5-46 Starting and driving  
is operating properly.  
.
.
When the hazard warning flashers are  
operated.  
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION  
If the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
malfunctions, it will cancel automatically. The  
Intelligent Lane Intervention indicator (orange)  
will illuminate and the “System fault” warning  
message appears in the display.  
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE  
Condition A:  
The warning and assist functions of the In-  
telligent Lane Intervention system are not  
designed to work under the following condi-  
tions:  
When driving on a curve at high speed.  
After the above conditions have finished and  
the necessary operating conditions are satis-  
fied, the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
application of the brakes will resume.  
If the Intelligent Lane Intervention indicator  
(orange) illuminates in the display, pull off the  
road to a safe location and stop the vehicle.  
Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If  
the Intelligent Lane Intervention indicator (or-  
ange) continues to illuminate, have the Intelli-  
gent Lane Intervention system checked at a  
NISSAN dealer.  
Condition C:  
.
.
When you operate the lane change signal  
and change the traveling lanes in the  
direction of the signal. (The Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system will be deactivated for  
If the following messages appear in the vehicle  
information display, a chime will sound and the  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system will be  
turned off automatically.  
approximately  
2 seconds after the lane  
.
“Not available: Poor Road Conditions”:  
change signal is turned off.)  
When the VDC/ESP system (except Traction  
Control System (TCS) function) or ABS  
operates.  
When the vehicle speed lowers to less than  
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE  
the following speeds:  
— approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for  
Europe)  
.
“Not available”:  
When the VDC/ESP system is turned off.  
— approximately 70 km/h (43 MPH) (except  
Action to take:  
for Europe)  
After the above conditions have finished and  
the necessary operating conditions are satis-  
fied, the warning and assist functions will  
resume.  
When the above conditions no longer exist,  
turn off the Intelligent Lane Intervention sys-  
tem. Push the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
switch again to turn the Intelligent Lane Inter-  
vention system back on.  
Condition B:  
Temporary disabled status at high tempera-  
The assist function of the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system is not designed to work  
under the following conditions (warning is still  
functional):  
ture:  
SSD0453  
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under  
high temperature conditions (over approxi-  
mately 40°C (104°F)) and then the Intelligent  
Lane Intervention system is turned on, the  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system may be  
deactivated automatically and the following  
message will appear on the vehicle information  
display: “Not available: High Cabin Tempera-  
ture.” When the interior temperature is reduced,  
the system will resume operating automati-  
cally.  
The lane camera unit  
for the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system is located above the inside  
mirror. To keep the proper operation of the  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system and pre-  
vent a system malfunction, be sure to observe  
the following:  
.
.
When the brake pedal is depressed.  
When the steering wheel is turned as far as  
necessary for the vehicle to change lanes.  
.
.
When the vehicle is accelerated during the  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system opera-  
tion.  
.
.
Always keep the windshield clean.  
Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-  
ent material) or install an accessory near  
the camera unit.  
When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)  
approach warning occurs.  
Starting and driving 5-47  
BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) (if equipped)  
WARNING:  
.
.
Do not place reflective materials, such as  
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument  
panel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-  
versely affect the camera unit’s capability  
of detecting the lane markers.  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the camera unit. Do not touch the camera  
lens or remove the screw located on the  
camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged  
due to an accident, it is recommended that  
you visit a NISSAN dealer.  
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the BSW system could  
result in serious injury or death.  
.
The BSW system is not a replacement for  
proper driving procedures and is not  
designed to prevent contact with vehicles  
or objects. When changing lanes, always  
use the side and rear mirrors and turn  
and look in the direction your vehicle will  
move to ensure it is safe to change lanes.  
Never rely solely on the BSW system.  
SSD1030  
Detection zone  
The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either  
side of your vehicle within the detection zone  
shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts  
from the outside mirror of your vehicle and  
extends approximately 3.0 m (10 ft) behind the  
rear bumper, and approximately 3.0 m (10 ft)  
sideways.  
The BSW system helps alert the driver of other  
vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing  
lanes.  
JVS0945X  
The BSW system uses radar sensors installed  
near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles  
in an adjacent lane.  
5-48 Starting and driving  
seconds when the ignition switch is placed in  
the “ON” position.  
The brightness of the side indicator light is  
adjusted automatically depending on the  
brightness of the ambient light.  
If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after  
the driver activates the turn signal, then only  
the side indicator light flashes and no chime  
sounds. For additional information, refer to  
“BSW driving situations” (P.5-51).  
JVS0953X  
Side indicator light  
Vehicle information display  
BSW SYSTEM OPERATION  
The BSW system operates above approximately  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left  
32 km/h (20 MPH).  
side)  
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the  
detection zone, the side indicator light  
illuminates.  
If the turn signal is then activated, the system  
chimes (twice) and the side indicator light  
flashes. The side indicator light continues to  
flash until the detected vehicle leaves the  
detection zone.  
The side indicator light illuminates for a few  
Starting and driving 5-49  
— To turn on the warning system, use  
the “OK” button to check the box for  
“Warning.”  
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSW SYSTEM  
NOTE:  
When enabling/disabling the system, the  
system will retain current settings even if  
the engine is restarted.  
BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS  
WARNING:  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the BSW system. Failure to operate the  
vehicle in accordance with these system  
limitations could result in serious injury or  
death.  
.
The BSW system cannot detect all vehi-  
cles under all conditions.  
.
The radar sensors may not be able to  
detect and activate BSW when certain  
objects are present such as:  
— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.  
— Vehicles such as motorcycles, low  
height vehicles, or high ground clear-  
ance vehicles.  
— Oncoming vehicles.  
JVS0942X  
— Vehicles remaining in the detection  
Vehicle information display  
2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK”  
button.  
zone when you accelerate from  
stop.  
a
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left  
side)  
3. To set the BSW system to on or off, use the  
buttons to navigate in the menu and  
use the “OK” button to select or change an  
item.  
— A vehicle merging into an adjacent  
lane at a speed approximately the  
same as your vehicle.  
Perform the following steps to enable or  
disable the BSW system.  
1. Press the  
button until “Settings”  
.
— A vehicle approaching rapidly from  
behind.  
Select “Blind Spot” and press the “OK”  
displays in the vehicle information display  
and then press “OK” button. Use the  
button to select “Driver Assistance”. Then  
press the “OK” button.  
button.  
5-50 Starting and driving  
— A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes  
rapidly.  
may not be heard.  
BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS  
— A vehicle that passes through the  
detection zone quickly.  
Indicator on  
— When overtaking several vehicles in a  
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle  
may not be detected if they are  
traveling close together.  
Indicator off  
Indicator flashing  
.
The radar sensor’s detection zone is  
designed based on a standard lane width.  
When driving in a wider lane, the radar  
sensors may not detect vehicles in an  
adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow  
lane, the radar sensors may detect vehi-  
cles driving two lanes away.  
JVS0738X  
Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind  
Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn  
signal, then the system chimes (twice) and the  
side indicator light flashes.  
Another vehicle approaching from be-  
hind  
.
.
The radar sensors are designed to ignore  
most stationary objects, however objects  
such as guardrails, walls, foliage and  
parked vehicles may occasionally be  
NOTE:  
.
The radar sensors may not detect vehi-  
cles which are approaching rapidly from  
behind.  
detected. This is  
a normal operation  
.
If the driver activates the turn signal  
condition.  
before  
a vehicle enters the detection  
zone, the side indicator light will flash  
but no chime will sound when the other  
vehicle is detected.  
The following conditions may reduce the  
ability of the radar to detect other vehi-  
cles:  
JVS0737X  
— Severe weather  
Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind  
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illuminates  
if a vehicle enters the detection zone from  
behind in an adjacent lane.  
— Road spray  
— Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle  
.
.
Do not attach stickers (including trans-  
parent material), install accessories or  
apply additional paint near the radar  
sensors. These conditions may reduce  
the ability of the radar to detect other  
vehicles.  
Excessive noise (for example, audio sys-  
tem volume, open vehicle window) will  
interfere with the chime sound, and it  
Starting and driving 5-51  
NOTE:  
Overtaking another vehicle  
.
When overtaking several vehicles in  
a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle  
may not be detected if they are traveling  
close together.  
.
.
The radar sensors may not detect slower  
moving vehicles if they are passed  
quickly.  
If the driver activates the turn signal  
before  
a vehicle enters the detection  
zone, the side indicator light will flash  
but no chime will sound when the other  
vehicle is detected.  
JVS0742X  
Illustration 6 – Entering from the side  
Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turn  
signal, then the system chimes (twice) and the  
side indicator light flashes.  
JVS0739X  
Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle  
Illustration 3: The side indicator light illuminates  
if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays  
Entering from the side  
NOTE:  
in the detection zone for approximately  
seconds.  
2
.
The radar sensors may not detect a  
vehicle which is traveling at about the  
same speed as your vehicle when it  
enters the detection zone.  
.
If the driver activates the turn signal  
before  
a vehicle enters the detection  
zone, the side indicator light will flash  
but no chime will sound when the other  
vehicle is detected.  
JVS0741X  
Illustration 5 – Entering from the side  
Illustration 5: The side indicator light illuminates  
if a vehicle enters the detection zone from  
either side.  
JVS0740X  
Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle  
Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turn  
signal while another vehicle is in the detection  
zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the  
side indicator light flashes.  
5-52 Starting and driving  
Action to take:  
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE  
When the above conditions no longer exist, the  
system will resume automatically.  
If the “Not available: Side Radar Obstructed”  
warning message continues to appear, have  
the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION  
When the BSW system malfunctions, it will be  
turned off automatically and the “System fault”  
warning message will appear in the vehicle  
information display.  
NOTE:  
If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA  
system will also stop working.  
Action to take:  
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the  
engine off and restart the engine. If the  
message continues to appear, have the BSW  
system checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE  
JVS0948X  
Vehicle information display  
water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may  
also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or  
dirt obstructing the radar sensors.  
When radar blockage is detected, the BSW  
system will be turned off automatically, a chime  
will sound and the “Not available: Side Radar  
Obstructed” warning message will appear in  
NOTE:  
If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA  
the vehicle information display  
.
JVS0945X  
system will also stop working.  
The system is not available until the conditions  
The two radar sensors  
for the BSW system  
no longer exist.  
are located near the rear bumper. Always keep  
the area near the radar sensors clean.  
The radar sensors may be blocked by tempor-  
ary ambient conditions such as splashing  
Starting and driving 5-53  
REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT  
(RCTA) (if equipped)  
The radar sensors may be blocked by tempor-  
ary ambient conditions such as splashing  
water, mist or fog.  
The blocked condition may also be caused by  
objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the  
radar sensors.  
WARNING:  
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the RCTA system could  
result in serious injury or death.  
.
The RCTA system is not a replacement for  
proper driving procedures and is not  
designed to prevent contact with vehicles  
or objects. When backing out of a parking  
space, always use the side and rear  
mirrors and turn and look in the direction  
your vehicle will move. Never rely solely  
on the RCTA system.  
Check for and remove objects obstructing the  
area around the radar sensors.  
Do not attach stickers (including transparent  
material), install accessories or apply additional  
paint near the radar sensors.  
Do not strike or damage the area around the  
radar sensors.  
The RCTA system will assist you when backing  
out from a parking space. When the vehicle is in  
reverse, the system is designed to detect other  
vehicles approaching from the right or left of  
the vehicle. If the system detects cross traffic, it  
will alert you.  
See a NISSAN dealer if the area around the  
radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.  
For the radio approval numbers and informa-  
tion, see “Radio approval number and informa-  
tion” (P.9-15).  
5-54 Starting and driving  
JVS0173X  
JVS0945X  
The RCTA system uses radar sensors  
in-  
stalled on both sides near the rear bumper to  
detect an approaching vehicle.  
JVS0953X  
Side indicator light  
Vehicle information display  
RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION  
The RCTA system can help alert the driver of an  
approaching vehicle when the driver is backing  
out of a parking space.  
The radar sensors  
can detect an approach-  
ing vehicle from up to approximately 20 m (66  
ft) away.  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left  
side)  
When the shift position is in “R” (Reverse) and  
the vehicle speed is less than approximately 8  
km/h (5 MPH), the RCTA system is operational.  
If the radar detects an approaching vehicle  
from either side, the system chimes (once) and  
the side indicator light flashes on the side the  
vehicle is approaching from.  
Starting and driving 5-55  
NOTE:  
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE RCTA SYSTEM  
When enabling/disabling the system, the  
system setting will be retained even if the  
engine is restarted.  
JVS0942X  
Vehicle information display  
2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the “OK”  
button.  
3. To set the RTCA system to on or off, use the  
buttons to navigate in the menu and  
use the “OK” button to select or change an  
item:  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left  
side)  
Perform the following steps to enable or  
disable the RTCA system.  
1. Press the  
button until “Settings”  
.
To turn on the RTCA system, use the “OK”  
displays in the vehicle information display  
and then press “OK” button. Use the  
button to select “Driver Assistance”. Then  
press the “OK” button.  
button to check the box for “Cross  
Traffic”.  
5-56 Starting and driving  
.
The radar sensors may not detect ap-  
proaching vehicles in certain situations:  
— Illustration : When a vehicle parked  
next to you obstructs the beam of the  
radar sensor.  
— Illustration  
: When the vehicle is  
parked in an angled parking space.  
— Illustration  
: When the vehicle is  
parked on inclined ground.  
— Illustration : When an approaching  
vehicle turns into your vehicle’s park-  
ing lot aisle.  
— Illustration : When the angle formed  
by your vehicle and approaching  
vehicle is small  
.
The following conditions may reduce the  
ability of the radar to detect other vehi-  
cles:  
— Severe weather  
— Road spray  
— Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle  
.
.
Do not attach stickers (including trans-  
parent material), install accessories or  
apply additional paint near the radar  
sensors. These conditions may reduce  
the ability of the radar to detect other  
vehicles  
Excessive noise (e.g. audio system vo-  
lume, open vehicle window) will interfere  
with the chime sound, and it may not be  
heard.  
JVS0479X  
RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS  
cannot detect every object such as:  
— Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles,  
animals or child-operated toy vehi-  
cles  
WARNING:  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the RCTA system. Failure to operate the  
vehicle in accordance with these system  
limitations could result in serious injury or  
death.  
— A vehicle that is passing at speeds  
greater than approximately 30 km/h  
(19 MPH)  
— A vehicle that is passing at speeds  
lower than approximately 8 km/h (5  
MPH)  
.
Always check surroundings and turn to  
check what is behind you before backing  
up. The radar sensors detect approaching  
(moving) vehicles. The radar sensors  
Starting and driving 5-57  
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE  
JVS0172X  
Illustration 1  
JVS0173X  
Illustration 2  
NOTE:  
In the case of several vehicles approaching in  
JVS0948X  
a
row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite  
Vehicle information display  
water, mist or fog.  
direction (Illustration 2), a chime may not be  
sounded by the RCTA system after the first  
vehicle passes the sensors.  
When radar blockage is detected, the system  
will be deactivated automatically. The “Not  
available: Side Radar Obstructed” warning  
message will appear in the vehicle information  
display.  
The blocked condition may also be caused by  
objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the  
radar sensors.  
NOTE:  
If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA  
The systems are not available until the condi-  
system will also stop working.  
tions no longer exist.  
The radar sensors may be blocked by tempor-  
ary ambient conditions such as splashing  
5-58 Starting and driving  
SPEED LIMITER (if equipped)  
Action to take:  
objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the  
radar sensors.  
NOTE:  
When the above conditions no longer exist,  
If your vehicle is fitted with ProPILOT, refer to  
the system will resume automatically.  
Check for and remove objects obstructing the  
the “ProPILOT speed limiter” (P.5-124).  
area around the radar sensors.  
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION  
The speed limiter allows you to set the desired  
vehicle speed limit. While the speed limiter is  
activated, the driver can perform normal brak-  
ing and acceleration, but the vehicle will not  
exceed the set speed.  
Do not attach stickers (including transparent  
material), install accessories or apply additional  
paint near the radar sensors.  
Do not strike or damage the area around the  
radar sensors. It is recommended that you visit  
a NISSAN dealer if the area around the radar  
sensors is damaged due to a collision.  
For the radio approval numbers and informa-  
tion, see “Radio approval number and informa-  
tion” (P.9-15).  
When the RCTA system malfunctions, it will turn  
off automatically. The “System fault” warning  
message will appear in the vehicle information  
display.  
NOTE:  
WARNING:  
If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA  
.
.
Always observe posted speed limits. Do  
not set the speed over them.  
Always confirm the setting status of the  
speed limiter on the vehicle information  
display.  
system will also stop working.  
Action to take:  
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the  
engine off and restart the engine. If the  
message continues to appear, have the system  
checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
When the speed limiter is on, the cruise control  
(if equipped) system cannot be operated.  
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE  
SPEED LIMITER OPERATIONS  
The speed limiter can be set at  
a speed  
between the following speeds.  
.
.
30 to 180 km/h (20 to 112 MPH) (for HR13,  
R9M and R9N engine models)  
30 to 200 km/h (20 to 124 MPH) (for M9R  
engine models)  
JVS0945X  
The two radar sensors  
for the RCTA systems  
are located near the rear bumper. Always keep  
the area near the radar sensors clean.  
The radar sensors may be blocked by tempor-  
ary ambient conditions such as splashing  
water, mist or fog.  
JVS1004X  
The blocked condition may also be caused by  
Starting and driving 5-59  
The speed limiter set switches are located on  
the steering wheel.  
The speed limiter will not automatically  
reduce the vehicle speed to the set speed  
limit.  
Canceling speed limit  
To cancel the speed limiter, push the CANCEL  
switch. The speed limiter indicator and the set  
speed indicator on the vehicle information  
display will turn off.  
1.  
RES/+ switch  
CANCEL switch  
SET/- switch  
Speed limiter MAIN switch (When this  
switch is pushed, the speed limiter enters  
the standby mode. If the cruise control or  
ICC system is on, the system will turn off  
and the speed limiter enters the standby  
mode.)  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Turning on speed limiter  
Push the speed limiter MAIN switch. The speed  
limiter and the set speed indicators illuminate  
on the vehicle information display.  
It is also possible to override the speed limiter  
by fully depressing the accelerator pedal be-  
yond the resistance point.  
Setting speed limit  
1. Push the SET/− switch.  
WARNING:  
.
When the vehicle is stopped, the speed  
.
.
The vehicle may accelerate when the  
speed limiter cancels.  
5.  
Cruise ON/OFF switch (For details, see  
will be set at 30 km/h or 20 MPH.  
“Cruise control” (P.5-61).)  
.
While driving, the speed limit will be set  
When additional floor mats are used, be  
sure that they are correctly secured and  
that they cannot interfere with the accel-  
erator pedal. Mats not adapted to the  
vehicle may prevent proper operation of  
the speed limiter.  
at the current speed.  
2. When the speed limit is set, the speed  
limiter indicator and the set speed indicator  
illuminate on the vehicle information dis-  
play.  
Fully depress the accelerator pedal beyond the  
resistance point. The speed limiter will be  
suspended to allow driving above the set  
speed. The set speed indicator will flash. The  
speed limiter will automatically resume when  
the vehicle speed drops below the set speed  
limit.  
Changing set speed limit:  
Use either of the following operations to  
change the speed limit.  
.
.
Push and hold the RES/+ or SET/- switch.  
The set speed will increase or decrease by  
approximately 5 km/h or 5 MPH.  
Push, then quickly release the RES/+ or  
SET/- switch. Each time you do this, the set  
speed will increase or decrease by approxi-  
mately 1 km/h or 1 MPH.  
JVS0284X  
The speed limiter operating condition is shown  
on the vehicle information display.  
Resuming a previous set speed  
If a set speed limit has been cancelled, the set  
speed will be stored in the speed limiter  
memory.  
1.  
2.  
Speed limiter indicator  
Set speed indicator  
The new set speed limit value will be displayed  
in the vehicle information display.  
The speed unit can be converted between  
“km/h” and “MPH”. (See “Vehicle information  
display” (P.2-22).)  
When the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed  
limit, the set speed indicator blinks and the  
accelerator pedal operation will not work until  
the vehicle speed slows down to the set speed  
limit.  
This speed limit can be reactivated by pressing  
When the actual vehicle speed exceeds the set  
speed, an audible warning will be heard a short  
time after the set speed is exceeded if driver  
intervention is not detected.  
the RES/+ switch upwards.  
If the current vehicle speed is higher than the  
previous set speed, the accelerator pedal will  
not work and the set speed indicator will flash  
until the vehicle speed drops below the set  
speed limit.  
When the actual vehicle speed exceeds the set  
5-60 Starting and driving  
CRUISE CONTROL (if equipped)  
speed, an audible warning will be heard a short  
time after the set speed is exceeded and driver  
intervention is not detected.  
77).  
.
ProPILOT: See “ProPILOT” (P.5-104).  
WARNING:  
Turning the speed limiter off  
.
.
Always observe the posted speed limits  
and do not set the speed over them.  
Do not use the cruise control when  
driving under the following conditions.  
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle  
control and result in an accident.  
The speed limiter system will be turned off  
when one of the following operations is per-  
formed:  
.
Push the speed limiter MAIN switch. The  
speed limiter indicator and the set speed  
indicator on the vehicle information display  
will be turned off.  
JVS1005X  
— When it is not possible to keep the  
(Model without speed limiter)  
.
Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The speed  
limiter information on the vehicle informa-  
tion will be replaced with the cruise control  
information. For details see “Cruise control”  
(P.5-61).  
vehicle at a constant speed  
— When driving in heavy traffic  
— When driving in traffic that varies  
speed  
.
When the vehicle is stopped and the igni-  
— When driving in windy areas  
tion switch is placed in the “OFF” position.  
— When driving on winding or hilly roads  
Turning off the speed limiter will erase the set  
speed limit memory.  
— When driving on slippery (rain, snow,  
ice, etc.) roads  
Speed limiter malfunction  
If the speed limiter malfunctions, the speed  
limiter on the vehicle information display will  
flash.  
JVS1007X  
CAUTION:  
(Model with speed limiter)  
RES/+ switch  
CANCEL switch  
SET/- switch  
Cruise ON/OFF switch  
Speed limiter MAIN switch  
On manual Transmission (MT) model, do not  
shift to the “N” (Neutral) position without  
depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise  
control is operated. Should this occur, de-  
press the clutch pedal and turn the Cruise  
ON/OFF switch off immediately. Failure to do  
so may cause engine damage.  
Turn the speed limiter MAIN switch off and  
have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
NOTE:  
For Europe: if your vehicle is fitted with ICC or  
ProPILOT, refer to the dedicated section later  
in this manual for information on the cruise  
control system.  
.
ICC: See “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)  
and steering assist (If equipped for Eur-  
opean Manual Transmission model)” (P.5-  
Starting and driving 5-61  
Resetting to faster speed:  
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL  
Turning on cruise control  
Use any one of the following methods to reset  
.
If the cruise control system malfunctions, it  
will cancel automatically. The CRUISE in-  
dicator in the vehicle information display  
will then blink to warn the driver.  
If the CRUISE indicator blinks, turn the  
Cruise ON/OFF switch off and have the  
system checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
The CRUISE indicator may blink when the  
Cruise ON/OFF switch is turned ON while  
pushing the ACCELERATE/RESUME or RES/  
+, COAST/SET or SET/- or CANCEL switch.  
To properly set the cruise control system,  
perform the following procedures.  
Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The CRUISE  
indicator in the vehicle information display will  
appear.  
to a faster speed.  
.
.
.
Depress the accelerator pedal. When the  
vehicle reaches the desired speed, push  
and release the COAST/SET or SET/-  
switch.  
Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RESUME  
or RES/+ switch. When the vehicle reaches  
the desired speed, release the ACCELER-  
ATE/RESUME or RES/+ switch.  
Setting cruising speed  
1. Accelerate to the desired speed.  
.
.
2. Push the COAST/SET or SET/- switch and  
release it.  
3. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.  
The vehicle will maintain the set speed.  
Quickly push and release the ACCELERATE/  
RESUME or RES/+ switch. This will increase  
the vehicle speed by about 1 km/h or 1 MPH.  
Passing another vehicle:  
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate.  
After releasing the accelerator pedal, the vehi-  
cle will return to the previously set speed.  
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed  
when going up or down steep hills. In such  
cases, drive without the cruise control.  
Resuming at preset speed:  
CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS  
Push and release the ACCELERATE/RESUME or  
The cruise control allows driving at speeds  
above 40 km/h (25 MPH) (except for HR13, R9N  
and R9M engine models for Europe) or 30 km/h  
(20 MPH) (for HR13, R9N and R9M engine models  
for Europe) without keeping your foot on the  
accelerator pedal.  
RES/+ switch.  
The vehicle will resume the last set cruising  
speed when the vehicle speed is over 40 km/h  
(25 MPH) (except for HR13 and R9M engine  
models for Europe) or 30 km/h (20 MPH) (for  
HR13 and R9M engine models for Europe).  
Resetting to slower speed:  
Use any one of the following methods to reset  
For gasoline engine models, the cruise control  
will automatically be canceled if the vehicle  
slows down more than approximately 13 km/h  
(8 MPH) below the set speed.  
For diesel engine models, the cruise control will  
automatically be canceled if the vehicle speed  
slows to less than approximately 35 km/h (22  
MPH) (except for R9M and R9N engine models  
for Europe) or 25 km/h (16 MPH) (for R9M and  
R9N engine models for Europe).  
to a slower speed.  
.
.
.
Lightly tap the foot brake pedal. When the  
vehicle reaches the desired speed, push  
and release the COAST/SET or SET/-  
switch.  
Push and hold the COAST/SET or SET/-  
switch. When the vehicle reaches the de-  
sired speed, release the COAST/SET or  
SET/- switch.  
Cancelling cruising speed  
Use any one of the following methods to cancel  
the set speed.  
.
.
.
Push the CANCEL switch.  
Tap the foot brake pedal.  
Push the cruise control Cruise ON/OFF  
switch. The CRUISE indicator will turn off.  
Quickly push and release the COAST/SET or  
SET/- switch. This will reduce the vehicle  
speed by about 1 km/h or 1 MPH.  
Moving the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral)  
position will cancel the cruise control.  
5-62 Starting and driving  
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)  
(except for Europe) (if equipped)  
.
.
0 to 144 km/h (0 to 90 MPH) (for Korea,  
Thailand, Indonesia, Mexico and Australia)  
WARNING:  
0 to 171 km/h (0 to 106 MPH) (for the Middle  
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the ICC system could  
result in serious injury or death.  
East)  
The set speed can be selected by the driver  
between the following speeds.  
.
.
.
.
ICC is not a collision avoidance or warning  
device. For highway use only and it is not  
intended for congested areas or city  
driving. Failure to apply the brakes could  
result in an accident.  
The ICC system is only an aid to assist the  
driver and is not a collision warning or  
avoidance device. It is the driver’s re-  
sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and  
be in control of the vehicle at all times.  
32 to 144 km/h (20 to 90 MPH) (for Mexico  
and Australia)  
30 to 144 km/h (20 to 90 MPH) (for Korea,  
Thailand and Indonesia)  
32 to 171 km/h (20 to 106 MPH) (for the  
.
Middle East)  
The vehicle travels at a set speed when the  
road ahead is clear.  
The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise  
control modes.  
.
.
Always observe posted speed limits and  
do not set the speed over them.  
.
.
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:  
Always drive carefully and attentively  
when using either cruise control mode.  
Read and understand the Owner’s Man-  
ual thoroughly before using the cruise  
control. To avoid serious injury or death,  
do not rely on the system to prevent  
accidents or to control the vehicle’s  
speed in emergency situations. Do not  
use cruise control except in appropriate  
road and traffic conditions.  
For maintaining a selected distance be-  
tween your vehicle and the vehicle in front  
of you up to the preset speed.  
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
mode:  
For cruising at a preset speed.  
.
In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode, a warning chime will not  
sound to warn you if you are too close to  
the vehicle ahead. Pay special attention  
to the distance between your vehicle and  
the vehicle ahead of you or a collision  
could occur.  
The ICC system maintains a selected distance  
from the vehicle in front of you within the  
following speed up to the set speed.  
Starting and driving 5-63  
JVS0954X  
Displays and indicators  
ICC switches  
Cruise ON/OFF switch  
the system back on and select the desired  
cruise control mode.  
Always confirm the setting in the ICC system  
display.  
Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch  
to choose  
For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control  
mode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control  
mode” (P.5-65).  
the cruise control mode between the vehicle-  
to-vehicle distance control mode and the  
conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.  
For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-  
trol mode, see “Conventional (fixed speed)  
cruise control mode” (P.5-74).  
Once a control mode is activated, it cannot be  
changed to the other cruise control mode. To  
change the mode, push the Cruise ON/OFF  
switch  
once to turn the system off. Then  
push the Cruise ON/OFF switch again to turn  
5-64 Starting and driving  
HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE CONTROL MODE  
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control  
mode operation  
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is  
designed to maintain a selected distance and  
reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle  
ahead; the system will decelerate the vehicle as  
necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a  
stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill.  
However, the ICC system can only apply up to  
approximately 40% of the vehicle’s total brak-  
ing power. This system should only be used  
when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to  
remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds  
change gradually. If a vehicle moves into the  
traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling  
ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance be-  
tween vehicles may become closer because  
the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle  
quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC system  
JVS0955X  
Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-  
tance control mode  
To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-  
trol mode  
, quickly push and release the  
will sound  
a warning chime and blink the  
Cruise ON/OFF switch  
.
system display to notify the driver to take  
necessary action.  
Selecting the conventional (fixed  
speed) cruise control mode  
The system will cancel and a warning chime will  
sound if the speed is below approximately 24  
km/h (15 MPH) (except for Korea, Thailand and  
Indonesia) or 25 km/h (15 MPH) (for Korea,  
Thailand and Indonesia) and a vehicle is not  
detected ahead. The system will also disengage  
when the vehicle goes above the maximum set  
speed.  
To choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode , push and hold the Cruise ON/  
OFF switch  
for longer than approximately 1.5  
JVS0956X  
seconds. See “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode” (P.5-74).  
The system is intended to enhance the opera-  
tion of the vehicle when following a vehicle  
traveling in the same lane and direction.  
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CON-  
TROL MODE  
If the radar sensor  
detects a slower moving  
See “Approach warning” (P.5-69).  
vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the  
vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the  
vehicle in front at the selected distance.  
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode,  
The following items are controlled in the  
the ICC system automatically maintains  
a
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:  
selected distance from the vehicle traveling in  
front of you according to that vehicle’s speed  
(up to the set speed), or at the set speed when  
the road ahead is clear.  
.
When there are no vehicles traveling ahead,  
the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control  
mode maintains the speed set by the  
driver. The set speed range is the following  
speed.  
The system automatically controls the throttle  
and applies the brakes (up to approximately  
40% of vehicle braking power) if necessary.  
The detection range of the sensor is approxi-  
mately 200 m (650 ft) ahead.  
Starting and driving 5-65  
— 32 and 144 km/h (20 and 90 MPH) (for  
Mexico and Australia)  
When driving on the freeway at a set speed and  
approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead,  
the ICC system will adjust the speed to main-  
tain the distance, selected by the driver, from  
the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead changes  
lanes or exits the freeway, the ICC system will  
accelerate and maintain the speed up to the  
set speed. Pay attention to the driving opera-  
tion to maintain control of the vehicle as it  
accelerates to the set speed.  
The system is operated by a CRUISE ON/OFF  
switch and four control switches, all mounted  
on the steering wheel.  
— 30 and 144 km/h (20 and 90 MPH) (for  
Korea, Thailand and Indonesia)  
— 32 and 171 km/h (20 to 106 MPH) (for the  
Middle East)  
1. RES/+ switch:  
Resumes set speed or increases speed  
incrementally.  
.
When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, the  
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode  
adjusts the speed to maintain the distance,  
selected by driver, from the vehicle ahead.  
The adjusting speed range is up to the set  
speed. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,  
the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within  
the limitations of the system. The system  
will cancel once it judges a standstill with a  
warning chime.  
When the vehicle traveling ahead has  
moved out from its lane of travel, the  
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode  
accelerates and maintains vehicle speed  
up to the set speed.  
2. CANCEL switch:  
Deactivates the system without erasing the  
set speed.  
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on  
winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will  
have to manually control the vehicle speed.  
3. SET/- switch:  
Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed  
incrementally.  
Normally when controlling the distance to a  
vehicle ahead, this system automatically accel-  
erates or decelerates your vehicle according to  
the speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the  
accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle  
4. CRUISE ON/OFF switch:  
Master switch to activate the system  
5. DISTANCE switch:  
.
Changes the vehicle’s following distance:  
when acceleration is required for  
a lane  
.
change. Depress the brake pedal when decel-  
eration is required to maintain a safe distance  
to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking  
or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when  
using the ICC system.  
Long  
Middle  
Short  
.
The ICC system does not control vehicle speed  
or warn you when you approach stationary  
and slow moving vehicles. You must pay  
attention to vehicle operation to maintain  
proper distance from vehicles ahead when  
approaching toll gates or traffic congestion.  
.
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control  
mode display and indicators  
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control  
mode switches  
JVS0958X  
JVS0957X  
SSD0254  
The display is located between the speed-  
ometer and tachometer.  
5-66 Starting and driving  
1. This indicator indicates the ICC system  
status depending on a color.  
cator and set vehicle speed indicator come on  
and in a standby state for setting.  
pop up:  
.
When the VDC/ESP system is off (To use the  
.
ICC system ON indicator (gray):  
ICC system, turn on the VDC/ESP system.  
Push the CRUISE ON/OFF switch to turn off  
the ICC system and reset the ICC system by  
pushing the CRUISE ON/OFF switch again.)  
Indicates that the Cruise ON/OFF switch  
is ON.  
.
ICC system set indicator (green):  
For additional information about the VDC/  
ESP system, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control  
(VDC)/Electronic Stability Program (ESP)  
system” (P.5-34).  
Indicates that cruising speed is set  
.
ICC system warning (yellow):  
Indicates that there is a malfunction in  
.
.
When VDC/ESP (including the traction con-  
the ICC system.  
trol system) is operating  
2. Set distance indicator:  
When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC  
system, make sure the wheels are no long-  
er slipping.)  
JVS0961X  
Displays the selected distance between  
vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch.  
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle  
to the desired speed, push the SET/- switch  
and release it. (The ICC system set indicator  
(green), vehicle ahead detection indicator, set  
distance indicator and set vehicle speed in-  
dicator come on.) Take your foot off the  
accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain  
the set speed.  
3. Set vehicle speed indicator:  
Indicates the set vehicle speed.  
4. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:  
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in  
front of you.  
Operating vehicle-to-vehicle distance  
control mode  
When the SET/- switch  
is pushed under the  
following conditions, the system cannot be set  
and the ICC indicators will blink for approxi-  
mately 2 seconds:  
.
When traveling below 32km/h (20 MPH)  
(except for Korea, Thailand and Indonesia)  
or 30km/h (20 MPH) (for Korea, Thailand  
and Indonesia) and the vehicle ahead is not  
detected  
.
When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or  
manual shift mode  
When the parking brake is applied  
.
.
When the brakes are operated by the driver  
JVS0959X  
When the SET/- switch  
is pushed under the  
To turn on the cruise control, quickly push and  
release the CRUISE ON/OFF switch . The ICC  
system ON indicator (gray), set distance indi-  
following conditions, the system cannot be set.  
A warning chime will sound and a message will  
Starting and driving 5-67  
JVS0963X  
JVS0964X  
System set display with vehicle ahead  
System set display without vehicle ahead  
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based  
on the road conditions. The ICC system main-  
tains the set vehicle speed, similar to standard  
cruise control, as long as no vehicle is detected  
in the lane ahead.  
When passing another vehicle, the set speed  
indicator will flash when the vehicle speed  
exceeds the set speed. The vehicle detect  
indicator will turn off when the area ahead of  
the vehicle is open. When the pedal is released,  
the vehicle will return to the previously set  
speed.  
Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC  
system, you can depress the accelerator pedal  
when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle  
rapidly.  
selected distance.  
Vehicle ahead not detected:  
When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the  
ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle  
to resume the previously set vehicle speed. The  
ICC system then maintains the set speed.  
When  
a vehicle is no longer detected the  
The ICC system displays the set speed.  
vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.  
Vehicle detected ahead:  
If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration  
to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC  
system is in operation, the system controls the  
distance to that vehicle.  
When a vehicle is no longer detected under  
approximately 24km/h (15 MPH) (except for  
Korea, Thailand and Indonesia) or 25km/h (15  
MPH) (for Korea, Thailand and Indonesia), the  
system will be canceled.  
When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,  
the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by  
controlling the throttle and applying the brakes  
to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead.  
The system then controls the vehicle speed  
based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to  
maintain the driver selected distance.  
How to change the set vehicle speed  
To cancel the preset speed, use any of these  
methods:  
.
.
.
Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle  
speed indicator will go out.  
Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speed  
indicator will go out.  
NOTE:  
.
The stoplights of the vehicle come on  
when braking is performed by the ICC  
system.  
Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off. The  
ICC indicators will go out.  
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of  
.
When the brake operates, a noise may be  
the following methods:  
heard. This is not a malfunction.  
.
Depress the accelerator pedal. When the  
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and  
release the SET/- switch.  
When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicle  
ahead detection indicator comes on. The ICC  
system will also display the set speed and  
5-68 Starting and driving  
.
.
Push and hold the RES/+ switch. The set  
vehicle speed will increase by approxi-  
mately 5 km/h (5 MPH).  
Push, then quickly release the RES/+ switch.  
Each time you do this, the set speed will  
increase by approximately 1 km/h (1 MPH).  
selected at any time depending on the traffic  
conditions.  
Each time the DISTANCE switch  
is pushed,  
the set distance will change to long, middle,  
short and back to long again in that sequence.  
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of  
the following methods:  
.
.
.
Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the  
vehicle attains the desired speed, push the  
SET/- switch and release it.  
Push and hold the SET/- switch. The set  
vehicle speed will decrease by approxi-  
mately 5 km/h (5 MPH).  
Push, then quickly release the SET/- switch.  
Each time you do this, the set speed will  
decrease by approximately 1 km/h (1 MPH).  
To resume the preset speed, push and  
release the RES/+ switch. The vehicle will  
resume the last set cruising speed when the  
vehicle speed is over 32km/h (20 MPH) (except  
for Korea, Thailand and Indonesia) or 30km/h  
(20 MPH) (for Korea, Thailand and Indonesia).  
How to change the set distance to the  
vehicle ahead  
JVS0966X  
.
.
The distance to the vehicle ahead will  
change according to the vehicle speed.  
The higher the vehicle speed, the longer  
the distance.  
If the engine is stopped, the set distance  
becomes “long”. (Each time the engine is  
started, the initial setting becomes “long”.)  
Approach warning  
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle  
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle  
or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns  
the driver with the chime and ICC system  
display. Decelerate by depressing the brake  
pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:  
JVS0965X  
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be  
Starting and driving 5-69  
.
.
The chime sounds.  
.
.
This system will not adapt automatically  
to road conditions. This system should be  
used in evenly flowing traffic. Do not use  
the system on roads with sharp curves,  
steep uphill and downhill, or on icy roads,  
in heavy rain or in fog.  
As there is a performance limit to the  
distance control function, never rely so-  
lely on the ICC system. This system does  
not correct careless, inattentive or ab-  
sent-minded driving, or overcome poor  
visibility in rain, fog, or other bad weath-  
er. Decelerate the vehicle speed by de-  
pressing the brake pedal, depending on  
the distance to the vehicle ahead and the  
surrounding circumstances in order to  
maintain a safe distance between vehi-  
cles.  
If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the  
vehicle decelerates to a standstill within  
the limitations of the system. The system  
will cancel once it judges that the vehicle  
has come to a standstill and sound a  
warning chime. To prevent the vehicle  
from moving, the driver must depress the  
brake pedal.  
Always pay attention to the operation of  
the vehicle and be ready to manually  
control the proper following distance.  
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control  
mode of the ICC system may not be able  
to maintain the selected distance be-  
tween vehicles (following distance) or  
selected vehicle speed under some cir-  
cumstances.  
Automatic cancellation  
The vehicle ahead detection indicator blink.  
A chime sounds under the following conditions  
The warning chime may not sound in some  
cases when there is a short distance between  
vehicles. Some examples are:  
.
.
.
and the control is automatically canceled.  
.
When the vehicle ahead is not detected and  
your vehicle is traveling below the speed of  
24km/h (15 MPH) (except for Korea, Thai-  
land and Indonesia) or 25km/h (15 MPH) (for  
Korea, Thailand and Indonesia)  
When the vehicles are traveling at the same  
speed and the distance between vehicles is  
not changing  
When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster  
and the distance between vehicles is in-  
creasing  
.
.
When the system judges the vehicle is at  
standstill  
When the shift lever is not in the “D” (Drive)  
position or manual shift mode  
When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle  
The warning chime will not sound when:  
.
.
.
.
When the parking brake is applied  
Your vehicle approaches other vehicles  
When the VDC/ESP system is turned off  
that are parked or moving slowly.  
When VDC/ESP (including the traction con-  
.
The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-  
riding the system.  
trol system) operates  
.
When distance measurement becomes im-  
paired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruc-  
tion to the sensor  
.
.
NOTE:  
The approach warning chime may sound and  
the system display may blink when the radar  
sensor detects objects on the side of the  
vehicle or on the side of the road. This may  
cause the ICC system to decelerate or accel-  
erate the vehicle. The radar sensor may  
detect these objects when the vehicle is  
driven on winding roads, narrow roads, hilly  
roads or when entering or exiting a curve. In  
these cases you will have to manually control  
the proper distance ahead of your vehicle.  
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by  
vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving  
position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condi-  
tion (for example, if a vehicle is being driven  
with some damage).  
.
.
When a wheel slips  
When the radar signal is temporarily inter-  
rupted  
.
On repeated uphill and downhill roads  
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control  
mode limitations  
WARNING:  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the ICC system. Failure to operate the vehicle  
in accordance with these system limitations  
could result in serious injury or death.  
.
The system is primarily intended for use  
on straight, dry, open roads with light  
traffic. It is not advisable to use the  
system in city traffic or congested areas.  
.
The system may not detect the vehicle in  
front of you in certain road or weather  
conditions. To avoid accidents, never use  
the ICC system under the following con-  
ditions:  
5-70 Starting and driving  
— On roads where the traffic is heavy or  
there are sharp curves  
.
.
Oncoming vehicles in the same lane  
Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel  
lane  
— On slippery road surfaces such as on  
ice or snow, etc.  
The sensor generally detects the signals re-  
turned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore, if the  
sensor cannot detect the reflection from the  
vehicle ahead, the ICC system may not main-  
tain the selected distance.  
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,  
etc.)  
— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the  
system sensor  
The following are some conditions in which the  
sensor cannot detect the signals:  
— On steep downhill roads (the vehicle  
may go beyond the set vehicle speed  
and frequent braking may result in  
overheating the brakes)  
.
.
When the snow or road spray from travel-  
ing vehicles reduces the sensor’s visibility  
When excessively heavy baggage is loaded  
in the rear seat or the luggage compart-  
ment of your vehicle  
— On repeated uphill and downhill roads  
— When traffic conditions make it diffi-  
cult to keep a proper distance be-  
tween vehicles because of frequent  
acceleration or deceleration  
.
When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.  
(for Australia)  
The ICC system is designed to automatically  
check the sensor’s operation within the limita-  
tion of the system. When the sensor is covered  
with dirt or is obstructed, the system will  
automatically be canceled. If the sensor is  
covered with ice, a transparent or translucent  
vinyl bag, etc., the ICC system may not detect  
them. In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle  
distance control mode may not cancel and  
may not be able to maintain the selected  
following distance from the vehicle ahead. Be  
sure to check and clean the sensor regularly.  
— Interference by other radar sources.  
Do not use the ICC system if you are  
.
.
towing  
a trailer. The system may not  
detect a vehicle ahead (for Australia).  
In some road or traffic conditions,  
a
vehicle or object can unexpectedly come  
into the sensor detection zone and cause  
automatic braking. You may need to  
control the distance from other vehicles  
using the accelerator pedal. Always stay  
alert and avoid using the ICC system  
when it is not recommended in this  
section.  
The radar sensor will not detect the following  
objects:  
.
.
Stationary and slow moving vehicles  
Pedestrians or objects in the roadway  
Starting and driving 5-71  
SSD0252  
The detection zone of the radar sensor is  
limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detec-  
tion zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle distance  
detection mode to maintain the selected dis-  
tance from the vehicle ahead.  
A
vehicle ahead may move outside of the  
detection zone due to its position within the  
same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be  
detected in the same lane ahead if they are  
traveling offset from the centerline of the lane.  
A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may  
not be detected until the vehicle has comple-  
tely moved into the lane. If this occurs, the ICC  
system may warn you by blinking the system  
indicator and sounding the chime. The driver  
may have to manually control the proper  
distance away from vehicle traveling ahead.  
5-72 Starting and driving  
Condition B:  
SSD0253  
JVS0967X  
When driving on some roads, such as winding,  
hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are  
under construction, the radar sensor may  
Condition A:  
Under the following conditions, the ICC system  
is automatically canceled. A chime will sound  
and the system will not be able to be set:  
The chime will sound and the “Not available:  
Front radar obstructed” warning message will  
appear in the vehicle information display.  
detect vehicles in  
a different lane, or may  
temporarily not detect  
a vehicle traveling  
.
.
When the VDC/ESP is turned off  
.
When the radar sensor area is covered with  
dirt or is obstructed, making it impossible  
to detect a vehicle ahead, the ICC system is  
automatically canceled.  
ahead. This may cause the ICC system to  
decelerate or accelerate the vehicle.  
When the VDC/ESP (including the traction  
control system) operates  
The detection of vehicles may also be affected  
by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or  
traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle  
condition. If this occurs, the ICC system may  
warn you by blinking the system indicator  
and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You  
will have to manually control the proper  
distance away from the vehicle traveling  
ahead.  
.
When a vehicle ahead is not detected and  
your vehicle is traveling below the speed of  
24km/h (15 MPH) (except for Korea, Thai-  
land and Indonesia) or 25km/h (15 MPH) (for  
Korea, Thailand and Indonesia)  
Action to take:  
If the warning message appears, park the  
vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine off.  
When the radar signal is temporarily inter-  
rupted, clean the sensor area and restart the  
engine. If the “Not available: Front radar ob-  
structed” warning message continues to be  
displayed, have the ICC system checked by a  
NISSAN dealer.  
.
.
When the system judges the vehicle is at a  
standstill  
When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or  
manual shift mode  
System temporarily unavailable  
.
.
.
When the parking brake is applied  
When a tire slips  
The following are conditions in which the ICC  
system may be temporarily unavailable. In  
these instances, the ICC system may not cancel  
and may not be able to maintain the selected  
following distance from the vehicle ahead.  
.
When driving on roads with limited road  
structures or buildings (for example, long  
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to  
long walls), the system may illuminate the  
ICC system warning (yellow) and display  
the “Not available: Front radar obstructed”  
message.  
When the radar signal is temporarily inter-  
rupted  
.
On repeated uphill and downhill roads  
Action to take:  
When the conditions listed above are no longer  
present, turn the ICC system back on to use the  
system.  
Action to take:  
When the conditions listed above are no longer  
Starting and driving 5-73  
present, turn the ICC system back on to use the  
system.  
System maintenance  
CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE  
CONTROL MODE  
This mode allows driving at speeds:  
Condition C:  
.
between 40 km/h to 144 km/h (25 to 90  
MPH) without keeping your foot on the  
accelerator pedal (for Korea, Thailand, In-  
donesia, Mexico and Australia)  
between 40 km/h to 171 km/h (25 to 106  
MPH) without keeping your foot on the  
accelerator pedal (for the Middle East)  
.
WARNING:  
JVS0956X  
.
.
In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode, a warning chime does not  
sound to warn you if you are too close to  
the vehicle ahead, as neither the pre-  
sence of the vehicle ahead nor the  
vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.  
Pay special attention to the distance  
between your vehicle and the vehicle  
ahead of you or a collision could occur.  
The sensor for the ICC system  
the front of the vehicle.  
is located on  
JVS0968X  
When the ICC system is not operating properly,  
the chime sounds and the ICC system warning  
(yellow) will appear.  
To keep the ICC system operating properly, be  
sure to observe the following:  
.
.
Always keep the sensor area clean.  
Action to take:  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the sensor.  
If the warning appears, park the vehicle in a  
safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the  
engine, resume driving and set the ICC system  
again.  
If it is not possible to set the system or the  
warning stays on, it may indicate that the ICC  
system is malfunctioning. Although the ve-  
hicle is still driveable under normal condi-  
tions, have the vehicle checked. See a NISSAN  
dealer for this service.  
.
.
.
Do not cover or attach stickers or similar  
objects near the sensor area. This could  
cause failure or malfunction.  
Do not attach metallic objects near the  
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could  
cause failure or malfunction.  
Do not alter, remove or paint the front  
bumper. Contact a NISSAN dealer before  
customizing or restoring the front bumper.  
.
.
Always confirm the setting in the ICC  
system display.  
Do not use the conventional (fixed speed)  
cruise control mode when driving under  
the following conditions:  
— when it is not possible to keep the  
vehicle at a set speed  
— in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies  
in speed  
For the radio approval numbers and informa-  
tion, see “Radio approval number and informa-  
tion” (P.9-15).  
— on winding or hilly roads  
— on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)  
— in very windy areas  
.
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle  
control and result in an accident.  
5-74 Starting and driving  
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-  
trol switches  
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-  
trol mode display and indicators  
Operating conventional (fixed speed)  
cruise control mode  
JVS0999X  
JVS1000X  
JVS1001X  
1. RES/+ switch:  
The display is located in the vehicle information  
display.  
1. Cruise indicator:  
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)  
cruise control mode, push and hold the Cruise  
Resumes set speed or increases speed  
ON/OFF switch  
seconds.  
for longer than about 1.5  
incrementally.  
2. CANCEL switch:  
This indicator indicates the condition of ICC  
When pushing the CRUISE ON/OFF switch on,  
the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
mode display and indicators are displayed in  
the vehicle information display. After you hold  
the CRUISE ON/OFF switch on for longer than  
about 1.5 seconds, the ICC system display goes  
out. The cruise indicator appears. You can now  
set your desired cruising speed. Pushing the  
CRUISE ON/OFF switch again will turn the  
system completely off.  
system depending on a color.  
Deactivates the system without erasing the  
.
Cruise control ON indicator (gray):  
set speed.  
Indicates that the Cruise ON/OFF switch  
3. SET/- switch:  
is ON.  
Sets the desired cruise speed, reduces  
.
Cruise control set indicator (green):  
speed incrementally.  
Displays while the vehicle speed is con-  
trolled by the conventional (fixed speed)  
cruise control mode of the ICC system.  
4. CRUISE ON/OFF switch:  
Master switch to activate the system.  
.
Cruise system warning (yellow):  
When the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF”  
position, the system is also automatically  
turned off.  
Indicates that there is a malfunction in  
the ICC system.  
To use the ICC system again, quickly push and  
release the CRUISE ON/OFF switch (vehicle-to-  
vehicle distance control mode) or push and  
hold it (conventional cruise control mode)  
again to turn it on.  
2. Set vehicle speed indicator:  
This indicator indicates the set vehicle  
speed.  
Starting and driving 5-75  
3. Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off. Both  
the cruise indicator and set vehicle speed  
indicator will turn off.  
System temporarily unavailable  
CAUTION:  
A chime sounds under the following conditions  
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-  
trol, make sure to turn the CRUISE ON/OFF  
switch off when not using the ICC system.  
and the control is automatically canceled.  
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of  
.
.
When the vehicle slows down more than 13  
km/h (8 MPH) below the set speed  
the following three methods:  
1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the  
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and  
release the SET/- switch.  
2. Push and hold the RES/+ switch. When the  
vehicle attains the desired speed, release  
the switch.  
3. Push, then quickly release the RES/+ switch.  
Each time you do this, the set speed will  
increase by about 1.6 km/h (1 MPH).  
When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or  
manual shift mode  
When the parking brake is applied.  
.
.
When the VDC/ESP (including the traction  
control system) operates  
.
When a wheel slips  
Warning  
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of  
the following three methods:  
JVS1002X  
1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the  
vehicle attains the desired speed, push the  
SET/- switch and release it.  
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle  
to the desired speed, push the SET/- switch  
and release it. (The color of the cruise indicator  
changes to green and set vehicle speed  
indicator comes on.) Take your foot off the  
accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the  
set speed.  
2. Push and hold the SET/- switch. Release  
the switch when the vehicle slows down to  
the desired speed.  
3. Push, then quickly release the SET/- switch.  
Each time you do this, the set speed will  
decrease by about 1.6 km/h (1 MPH).  
To resume the preset speed, push and release  
the RES/+ switch. The vehicle will resume the  
last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed  
is over 40 km/h (25 MPH).  
JVS1003X  
.
To pass another vehicle, depress the  
accelerator pedal. When you release the  
pedal, the vehicle will return to the pre-  
viously set speed.  
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed  
when going up or down steep hills. If this  
happens, manually maintain vehicle speed.  
When the system is not operating properly, the  
chime sounds and the color of the cruise  
indicator will change to yellow.  
Action to take:  
.
If the color of the cruise indicator changes to  
yellow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the  
engine off, restart the engine, resume driving  
and then perform the setting again.  
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the  
following methods:  
1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle speed  
If it is not possible to set or the indicator  
stays on, it may indicate that the system is  
malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still  
driveable under normal conditions, have the  
vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
indicator will turn off.  
2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed  
indicator will turn off.  
5-76 Starting and driving  
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)  
AND STEERING ASSIST (If equipped for  
European Manual Transmission model)  
.
.
Always observe the posted speed limits  
and do not set the speed over them.  
Never take your hands off the steering  
wheel when driving. Always keep your  
hands on the steering wheel and drive  
your vehicle safely.  
The ICC and Steering Assist system does  
not react to stationary or slow moving  
vehicles.  
Always drive carefully and attentively  
when using the ICC and Steering Assist  
system. Read and understand the Own-  
er’s Manual thoroughly before using the  
ICC and Steering Assist system. To avoid  
serious injury or death, do not rely on the  
system to prevent accidents or to control  
the vehicle’s speed in emergency situa-  
tions. Do not use the ICC and Steering  
Assist system except in appropriate road  
and traffic conditions.  
vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the  
vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the  
vehicle in front at the selected distance. The  
Steering Assist system uses a multi-sensing  
WARNING:  
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the ICC and Steering  
Assist system could result in serious injury or  
death.  
front camera  
installed behind the windshield  
to monitor the lane markers of your travelling  
lane.  
.
.
.
ICC and Steering Assist is not a self-  
OVERVIEW OF ICC AND STEERING AS-  
SIST (manual transmission model)  
driving system. Within the limits of its  
capabilities, as described in this manual,  
it helps the driver with certain driving  
activities.  
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (manual  
transmission vehicles)  
.
The ICC and Steering Assist system is not  
a replacement for proper driving proce-  
dure and is not designed to correct  
careless, inattentive or absent-minded  
driving. ICC and Steering Assist will not  
always steer the vehicle to keep it in the  
lane. The ICC and Steering Assist system  
is not designed to prevent loss of control.  
It is the driver’s responsibility to stay  
alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the  
travelling lane, and be in control of the  
vehicle at all times.  
The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise  
control modes:  
.
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
mode:  
Used for cruising at a preset speed.  
NOTE:  
Steering assist is not available in the  
conventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
mode.  
.
There are limitations to the ICC and  
Steering Assist system capability. The  
ICC and Steering Assist system does not  
function in all driving, traffic, weather,  
and road conditions. It is the driver’s  
responsibility to stay alert, drive safely,  
keep the vehicle in the travelling lane,  
and be in control of the vehicle at all  
times.  
The ICC and Steering Assist system is only  
an aid to assist the driver and is not a  
collision warning or avoidance device.  
The ICC and Steering Assist system is for  
use on motorways with opposing traffic  
separated by a barrier only, and is not  
intended for city driving.  
.
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:  
The ICC system maintains a selected dis-  
tance from the vehicle in front of you within  
the speed range approximately 30 to 170  
km/h (20 to 105 MPH) up to the set speed.  
The set speed can be selected by the driver  
between approximately 30 to 170 km/h (20  
to 105 MPH). If your speed falls below  
approximately 30 km/h (20 MPH) the ICC  
system will cancel with a warning chime  
and a notification to the driver.  
WAF0108X  
.
.
:
:
Radar sensor  
Multi-sensing front camera  
The ICC system is intended to enhance the  
operation of the vehicle when following  
vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction.  
If the radar sensor detects a slower moving  
a
Starting and driving 5-77  
Steering Assist (manual transmission  
model)  
The Steering Assist function controls the steer-  
ing system to help keep your vehicle within the  
travelling lane.  
ICC AND STEERING ASSIST SYSTEM CONTROLS (manual transmission model)  
Steering Assist is not available at speeds under  
60 km/h (37 MPH).  
WAF0109X  
:
:
:
:
:
Steering wheel mounted controls (left)  
Vehicle information display  
Steering Assist switch  
Steering wheel mounted controls (right)  
ICC ON/OFF switch  
5-78 Starting and driving  
ICC AND STEERING ASSIST SYSTEM DISPLAY AND INDICATORS (manual transmis-  
sion model)  
WAF0110X  
1. Distance switch  
.
Long  
Middle  
Short  
.
.
2. RES/+ switch  
Resumes set speed or increases speed  
incrementally.  
3. CANCEL switch  
Deactivates the ICC system without erasing  
the set speed.  
4. SET/- switch  
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed  
incrementally.  
5. ICC ON/OFF switch  
WAF0111X  
Turns the ICC system on or off.  
.
Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane  
departure is detected  
1. Lane marker indicator  
Indicates whether the system detects lane  
2. Set distance indicator  
Displays the selected distance.  
3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator  
markers.  
.
Lane marker indicator (gray): No lane  
markers detected  
.
Lane marker indicator (green): Lane  
When the ICC is ON and active this indicates  
whether the system detects a vehicle in  
front of you.  
markers detected  
Starting and driving 5-79  
.
.
.
Green: Intelligent Lane Intervention on  
Gray: LDW on  
4. Steering Assist indicator  
.
.
Always observe the posted speed limits  
and do not set the speed over them.  
Indicates the status of the Steering Assist  
No icon: Both Intelligent Lane Interven-  
function by the color of the indicator.  
Always drive carefully and attentively  
when using either cruise control mode.  
Read and understand the Owner’s Man-  
ual thoroughly before using the cruise  
control. To avoid serious injury or death,  
do not rely on the system to prevent  
accidents or to control the vehicle’s  
speed in emergency situations. Do not  
use cruise control except in appropriate  
road and traffic conditions.  
In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode, a warning chime will not  
sound to warn you if you are too close to  
the vehicle ahead. Pay special attention  
to the distance between your vehicle and  
the vehicle ahead of you or a collision  
could occur.  
tion and LDW off  
.
Gray: Steering Assist standby.  
Green: Steering Assist active.  
Yellow: Steering Assist malfunction.  
.
ACTIVATING THE CONVENTIONAL (fixed  
speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE (man-  
ual transmission model)  
.
5. Steering Assist status indicator/warning  
Displays the status of the Steering Assist by  
NOTE:  
the color of the indicator/warning.  
ICC provides no approach warnings, auto-  
matic braking, or steering assist in the  
conventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
mode.  
To select the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode, push and hold the ICC ON/OFF  
switch for longer than approximately 1.5 sec-  
onds. For additional information, refer to “Con-  
ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode  
(manual transmission vehicles)” later in this  
section.  
.
No Steering Assist status indicator dis-  
played: Steering Assist is turned off.  
.
.
Gray: Steering Assist standby.  
Green: Steering Assist active.  
Yellow: Steering Assist malfunction.  
.
.
6. Speed control status indicator/warning  
Displays the status of speed control by the  
color and shape of the indicator/warning.  
.
.
The ICC system will maintain a constant set  
speed or keep a set distance from the vehicle in  
front of you up to the preset speed.  
Gray: ICC standby.  
Green (solid): ICC (distance control mode)  
is active (vehicle detected ahead). Your  
vehicle matches the speed of the vehicle  
ahead.  
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)  
(manual transmission model)  
The vehicle travels at the set speed when the  
road ahead is clear.  
.
.
Green (outline): ICC (maintain speed  
control mode) is active (no vehicle de-  
tected ahead). Your vehicle maintains  
the driver-selected set speed.  
The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise  
control modes.  
WARNING:  
Failure tofollow the warningsandinstructions  
for proper use of the ICC system could result  
in serious injury or death.  
.
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:  
For maintaining a selected distance be-  
tween your vehicle and the vehicle in front  
of you up to the preset speed.  
Solid yellow: ICC malfunction.  
.
ICC is not a collision avoidance or warning  
device. It is intended for motorway use  
only and it is not intended for congested  
areas or city driving. Failure to apply the  
brakes could result in an accident.  
The ICC system is only an aid to assist the  
driver and is not a collision warning or  
avoidance device. It is the driver’s re-  
sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and  
be in control of the vehicle at all times.  
7. Set vehicle speed indicator  
.
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
Indicates the set vehicle speed.  
.
mode:  
Gray: ICC standby.  
Green numbers: ICC active.  
For cruising at a preset speed.  
.
The ICC system cannot be operated when the  
.
8. Intelligent Lane Intervention/LDW(lane)  
speed limiter is on, see “Speed limiter” (P.5-59).  
status indicator  
Indicates the status of the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention and LDW system.  
5-80 Starting and driving  
Vehicle-to vehicle distance control mode  
operation:  
How to select cruise control modes  
(manual transmission model)  
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is  
designed to maintain a selected distance and  
reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle  
ahead; the system will decelerate the vehicle as  
necessary. However, the ICC system can only  
apply up to approximately 40% of the vehicle’s  
total braking power. This system should only be  
used when traffic conditions allow vehicle  
speeds to remain fairly constant or when  
vehicle speeds change gradually. If a vehicle  
moves into the travelling lane ahead or if a  
vehicle travelling ahead rapidly decelerates, the  
distance between vehicles may become closer  
because the ICC system cannot decelerate the  
vehicle quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC  
system will sound a warning chime and blink  
the system display to notify the driver to take  
necessary action.  
Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle distance  
control mode:  
To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-  
trol mode, quickly push and release the ICC  
ON/ OFF switch.  
Selecting the conventional (fixed speed)  
cruise control mode:  
To choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode, push and hold the ICC ON/ OFF  
switch for longer than approximately 1.5 sec-  
onds.  
For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-  
trol mode, see “Conventional (fixed speed)  
cruise control mode (manual transmission  
model)” (P.5-96).  
WAF0113X  
:
:
:
Displays and indicators  
ICC distance switch  
ICC ON/OFF switch  
Cruise control operations (manual  
transmission model)  
Push the ICC ON/OFF switch  
choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control  
cruise control mode.  
shortly to  
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control  
mode (manual transmission model)  
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode,  
The following items are controlled in the  
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:  
Push and hold the ICC ON/OFF switch  
to  
.
.
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control  
mode maintains the speed set by the  
driver. The set speed range is between:  
the ICC system automatically maintains  
a
choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode. Steering Assist is not available  
with conventional (fixed speed) cruise control.  
selected distance from the vehicle travelling in  
front of you according to that vehicle’s speed  
(up to the set speed), or at the set speed when  
the road ahead is clear.  
— 30 and 170 km/h (20 and 105 MPH)  
Once a control mode is activated, it cannot be  
changed to the other cruise control mode. To  
change the mode, push the ICC ON/OFF switch  
once to turn the system OFF. Then push the  
When there is a vehicle travelling ahead, the  
vehicle- to-vehicle distance control mode  
adjusts the speed to maintain the distance,  
selected by driver, from the vehicle ahead.  
The adjusting speed range is between  
approximately 30 km/h (20 MPH) and up  
to the set speed.  
When the vehicle travelling ahead has  
moved out from its lane of travel, the  
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode  
accelerates and maintains vehicle speed  
up to the set speed.  
The system is intended to enhance the opera-  
tion of the vehicle when following a vehicle  
travelling in the same lane and direction.  
If the radar sensor detects a slower moving  
vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the  
vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the  
vehicle in front at the selected distance.  
The system automatically controls the throttle  
and applies the brakes (up to approximately  
40% of vehicle braking power) if necessary.  
ICC ON/OFF switch  
again to turn the system  
back on and select the desired cruise control  
mode.  
.
Always confirm the setting of the ICC system in  
the vehicle information display  
.
The detection range of the sensor is approxi-  
mately 200 m (650 ft) ahead.  
Starting and driving 5-81  
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode  
switches:  
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode  
display and indicators:  
SSD0254  
Pay attention to the driving operation to  
maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates  
to the set speed.  
The ICC system does not control vehicle speed  
or warn you when you approach stationary  
and slow moving vehicles. You must pay  
attention to vehicle operation to maintain  
proper distance fromvehicles ahead when  
approaching toll gates or traffic congestion.  
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on  
winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will  
have to manually control the vehicle speed and  
change gear as required.  
WAF0121X  
WAF0122X  
1. RES/+ switch:  
The display is located in the vehicle information  
display.  
Resumes set speed or increases speed  
incrementally.  
2. Distance switch:  
1. Set distance indicator:  
Displays the selected distance between  
vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch.  
Changes the vehicle’s following distance:  
Long ? Middle ? Short ? Long  
3. SET/- switch:  
2. This indicator indicates the ICC system  
status using color.  
.
ICC system ON indicator (gray):  
Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed  
.
ICC system ON indicator (green):  
incrementally.  
4. CANCEL switch:  
Indicates that the ICC system is ON and  
active. Indicates that the cruising speed  
is set.  
NOTE:  
Deactivates the system without erasing the  
Changing gear does not cancel ICC.  
set speed.  
5. ICC ON/OFF switch:  
— Solid green  
indicates vehicle  
Normally when controlling the distance to a  
vehicle ahead, this system automatically  
accelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-  
cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.  
Depress the accelerator to properly acceler-  
ate your vehicle when acceleration is re-  
quired for a lane change. Depress the brake  
pedal when deceleration is required to main-  
tain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due  
to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in.  
Always stay alert when using the ICC system.  
detected in front  
Master switch to activate the system.  
— Green outline  
indicates no vehi-  
cle detected in front  
.
ICC system ON indicator (yellow):  
Indicates that there is a malfunction in  
the ICC system.  
3. Set vehicle speed indicator:  
Indicates the set vehicle speed.  
5-82 Starting and driving  
Green: ICC active  
Gray: ICC standby  
4. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:  
.
.
When travelling below 30 km/h (20 MPH).  
When the shift lever is shifted to the N  
(Neutral) position.  
When the parking brake is applied.  
When the brakes are operated by the driver.  
.
.
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in  
front of you (only when ICC is active).  
When the SET/- switch is pushed under the  
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode  
operation:  
following conditions, the system cannot be set.  
A warning chime will sound and a message will  
pop up:  
.
When the ESP system is off (To use the ICC  
system, turn the ESP system on and push  
the ICC ON/OFF switch. For additional  
information about the ESP system, see  
“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Electronic  
Stability Program (ESP) system” (P.5-34).  
.
.
When ESP (including the traction control  
system) is operating.  
When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC  
system, make sure the wheels are no long-  
er slipping.)  
WAF0165X  
Once ICC is set one of the following items is  
To turn the cruise control on, quickly push and  
displayed:  
release the ICC ON/OFF switch  
. A Popup  
message is displayed showing ICC ON and  
steering assist status (when steering assist is  
turned on using the vehicle information dis-  
play). The ICC system ON indicator (gray), and  
set vehicle speed indicator ---  
come on.  
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle  
to the desired speed, push the SET/- switch  
and release it. (The ICC system indicator and  
set vehicle speed indicator change to green.)  
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your  
vehicle will maintain the set speed or the  
desired distance to the vehicle in front.  
When the SET/- switch is pushed under the  
following conditions, the system cannot be set  
and the ICC indicators will blink for approxi-  
mately 2 seconds:  
Starting and driving 5-83  
When passing another vehicle:  
WAF0124X  
WAF0166X  
1. System set display with vehicle ahead  
2. System set display without vehicle ahead  
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based  
on the road conditions. The ICC system main-  
tains the set vehicle speed, similar to standard  
cruise control, as long as no vehicle is detected  
in the lane ahead. The ICC system displays the  
set speed.  
system will also display the set speed and  
selected distance.  
No vehicle detected ahead:  
The driver can override ICC by pressing the  
accelerator. The set speed indicator will flash  
when the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed.  
The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when  
the area ahead of the vehicle is clear. When the  
pedal is released, the vehicle will return to the  
previously set speed.  
Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC  
system, you can depress the accelerator pedal  
when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle  
rapidly.  
When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead  
,
the ICC system gradually accelerates your  
vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle  
speed.  
The ICC system then maintains the set speed.  
Vehicle detected ahead:  
When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead  
When a vehicle is no longer detected the  
vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.  
,
the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by  
controlling the throttle and applying the brakes  
to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead.  
The system then controls the vehicle speed  
based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to  
maintain the driver selected distance. Gear  
shifting may be required depending on condi-  
tions.  
If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration  
to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC  
system is in operation, the system controls the  
distance to that vehicle.  
How to switch the ICC system off:  
Switch off ICC completely by turning the ICC  
ON/ OFF switch off. The ICC indicators will go  
out.  
When the vehicle speed is under approximately  
30 km/h (20 MPH), the system will be cancelled.  
How to change the set vehicle speed:  
To cancel the preset speed, use any of these  
NOTE:  
methods:  
.
The brake lights of the vehicle come on  
when braking is performed by the ICC  
system.  
.
Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle  
speed indicator will change to gray. * Tap  
the brake pedal. The set vehicle speed  
indicator will change to gray.  
.
When the brake operates, a noise may be  
heard. This is not a malfunction.  
When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicle  
ahead detection indicator comes on. The ICC  
5-84 Starting and driving  
.
Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speed  
indicator will change to gray.  
How to change the set distance to the vehicle  
ahead:  
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of  
the following methods:  
.
.
.
Depress the accelerator pedal. When the  
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and  
release the SET/- switch.  
Push and hold the RES/+ switch. The set  
vehicle speed will increase by 10 km/h (5  
MPH) increments.  
Push, then quickly release the RES/+ switch.  
Each time you do this, the set speed will  
increase by 1 km/h (1 MPH).  
WAF0125X  
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of  
the following methods:  
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be  
selected at any time depending on the traffic  
conditions.  
.
.
.
Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the  
vehicle attains the desired speed, push the  
SET/- switch and release it.  
Push and hold the SET/- switch. The set  
vehicle speed will decrease by 10 km/h (5  
MPH) increments.  
Push, then quickly release the SET/- switch.  
Each time you do this,the set speed will  
decrease by 1 km/h (1 MPH).  
Each time the DISTANCE switch  
(
) is  
pushed, the set distance will change to long,  
middle, short and back to long again in that  
sequence.  
To resume the preset speed after ICC cancel,  
push and release the RES/+ switch. The vehicle  
will resume the last set cruising speed when  
the vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (20 MPH).  
Starting and driving 5-85  
vehicles. Some examples are:  
.
.
.
When the vehicles are travelling at the  
same speed and the distance between  
vehicles is not changing.  
When the vehicle ahead is travelling faster  
and the distance between vehicles is in-  
creasing.  
When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.  
The warning chime will not sound when:  
.
Your vehicle approaches other vehicles  
that are parked or moving slowly.  
.
The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-  
riding the system.  
NOTE:  
The approach warning chime may sound and  
the system display may blink when the radar  
sensor detects objects on the side of the  
vehicle or on the side of the road. This may  
cause the ICC system to decelerate or accel-  
erate the vehicle. The radar sensor may  
detect these objects when the vehicle is  
driven on winding roads, narrow roads, hilly  
roads or when entering or exiting a curve. In  
these cases you will have to manually control  
the proper distance ahead of your vehicle.  
JVS0966X  
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by  
vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or driv-  
ing position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle  
condition (for example, if a vehicle is being  
driven with some damage).  
.
.
The distance to the vehicle ahead will  
change according to the vehicle speed.  
The higher the vehicle speed, the longer  
the distance.  
Every time ICC is switched on with the ICC  
ON/ OFF switch, the distance will default to  
Long.  
Approach warning:  
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle  
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle  
or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns  
the driver with the chime and ICC system  
display. Decelerate by depressing the brake  
pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:  
Acceleration when passing:  
Driving in the left side  
When the ICC system is engaged above 70  
km/h (43 MPH) and following a slower vehicle  
(below ICC set speed), and the turn signal is  
activated to the left, the ICC system will  
automatically start to accelerate the vehicle  
to help initiate passing on the left and will begin  
.
.
The chime sounds.  
The vehicle ahead detection indicator  
blinks.  
The warning chime may not sound in some  
cases when there is a short distance between  
5-86 Starting and driving  
to reduce the distance to vehicle directly  
ahead. Only the left side turn signal operates  
this feature. As the driver steers the vehicle and  
moves into the passing lane, if no vehicle is  
detected ahead the ICC system will continue to  
accelerate to the ICC system set speed. If  
another vehicle is detected ahead, then the  
vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed  
of that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into  
the left lane to pass, the acceleration will stop  
after a short time and regain the set following  
distance. Acceleration can be stopped at any  
point by depressing the brake pedal or the  
CANCEL switch on the steering wheel.  
.
.
This function is only activated with the  
left or right turn signal and will briefly  
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode  
limitations:  
accelerate the vehicle even if  
a lane  
change is not initiated. This can include  
non-passing situations such as left or  
right side exits.  
Ensure that when passing another vehi-  
cle, the adjacent lane is clear before  
initiating the pass. Sudden changes in  
traffic may occur while passing always  
manually steer or brake as needed never  
solely rely on the system.  
WARNING:  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the ICC system. Failure to operate the vehicle  
in accordance with these system limitations  
could result in serious injury or death.  
.
The system is primarily intended for use  
on straight, dry, open roads with light  
traffic. It is not advisable to use the  
system in city traffic or congested areas.  
Automatic cancellation:  
.
This system will not adapt automatically  
to road conditions. This system should be  
used in evenly flowing traffic. Do not use  
the system on roads with sharp curves, or  
on icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog.  
Driving in the right side  
A chime sounds under the following conditions  
and the control is automatically cancelled.  
When the ICC system is engaged above 70  
km/h (43 MPH) and following a slower vehicle  
(below ICC set speed), and the turn signal is  
activated to the right, the ICC system will  
automatically start to accelerate the vehicle  
to help initiate passing on the right and will  
begin to reduce the distance to vehicle directly  
ahead. Only the right side turn signal operates  
this feature. As the driver steers the vehicle and  
moves into the passing lane, if no vehicle is  
detected ahead the ICC system will continue to  
accelerate to the ICC system set speed. If  
another vehicle is detected ahead, then the  
vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed  
of that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into  
the right lane to pass, the acceleration will stop  
after a short time and regain the set following  
distance. Acceleration can be stopped at any  
point by depressing the brake pedal or the  
CANCEL switch on the steering wheel.  
.
When your vehicle is travelling below the  
speed of 30 km/h (20 MPH)  
.
.
.
When the parking brake is applied  
When the ESP system is turned off  
.
As there is a performance limit to the  
distance control function, never rely so-  
lely on the ICC system. This system does  
not correct careless, inattentive or ab-  
sentminded driving, or overcome poor  
visibility in rain, fog, or other bad weath-  
er. Decelerate the vehicle speed by de-  
pressing the brake pedal, depending on  
the distance to the vehicle ahead and the  
surrounding circumstances in order to  
maintain a safe distance between vehi-  
cles.  
When ESP (including the traction control  
system) operates  
.
When distance measurement becomes im-  
paired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruc-  
tion to the sensor  
.
.
When a wheel slips  
When the radar signal is temporarily inter-  
rupted  
.
When the clutch pedal is depressed for  
approximately 8 seconds  
.
Always pay attention to the operation of  
the vehicle and be ready to manually  
control the proper following distance.  
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control  
mode of the ICC system may not be able  
to maintain the selected distance be-  
tween vehicles (following distance) or  
selected vehicle speed under some cir-  
cumstances.  
WARNING:  
In order to reduce the risk of a collision that  
may result in serious injury or death, please  
be aware of the following:  
Starting and driving 5-87  
.
The system may not detect the vehicle in  
front of you in certain road or weather  
conditions. To avoid accidents, never use  
the ICC system under the following con-  
ditions:  
.
.
.
.
Stationary and slow moving vehicles  
Pedestrians or objects in the roadway  
Oncoming vehicles in the same lane  
Motorcycles and other vehicles travelling  
offset in the travel lane  
— On roads where the traffic is heavy or  
The sensor generally detects the signals re-  
turned fromthe vehicle ahead. Therefore, if the  
sensor cannot detect the reflection fromthe  
vehicle ahead, the ICC system may not main-  
tain the selected distance.  
there are sharp curves  
— On slippery road surfaces such as on  
ice or snow, etc.  
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,  
etc.)  
The following are some conditions in which the  
sensor cannot detect the signals:  
— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the  
system sensor  
.
.
When snow or road spray from travelling  
vehicles reduces the sensor’s visibility  
— On steep downhill roads (the vehicle  
may go beyond the set vehicle speed  
and frequent braking may result in  
overheating the brakes)  
When excessively heavy baggage is loaded  
in the rear seat or the luggage compart-  
ment of your vehicle  
.
When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.  
The ICC system is designed to automatically  
check the sensor’s operation within the limita-  
tion of the system. When the sensor is covered  
with dirt or is obstructed, the system will  
automatically be cancelled. If the sensor is  
covered with ice, a transparent or translucent  
vinyl bag, etc., the ICCsystemmay not detect  
them. In these instances, the vehicle-tovehicle  
distance control mode may not cancel and  
may not be able to maintain the selected  
following distance from the vehicle ahead. Be  
sure to check and clean the sensor regularly.  
— On repeated uphill and downhill roads  
— When traffic conditions make it diffi-  
cult to keep a proper distance be-  
tween vehicles because of frequent  
acceleration or deceleration  
— Interference by other radar sources  
.
.
In some road or traffic conditions, a  
vehicle or object can unexpectedly come  
into the sensor detection zone and cause  
automatic braking. You may need to  
control the distance from other vehicles  
using the accelerator pedal. Always stay  
alert and avoid using the ICC system  
when it is not recommended in this  
section.  
Do not use the ICC system if you are  
towing a trailer or another vehicle.  
The radar sensor will not detect the following  
objects:  
5-88 Starting and driving  
SSD0252  
The detection zone of the radar sensor is  
limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detec-  
tion zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle distance  
detection mode to maintain the selected dis-  
tance from the vehicle ahead.  
A
vehicle ahead may move outside of the  
detection zone due to its position within the  
same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be  
detected in the same lane ahead if they are  
travelling offset from the center line of the lane.  
A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may  
not be detected until the vehicle has comple-  
tely moved into the lane. If this occurs, the ICC  
system may warn you by blinking the system  
indicator and sounding the chime. The driver  
may have to manually control the proper  
distance away from vehicle travelling ahead.  
Starting and driving 5-89  
off. When the radar signal is temporarily  
interrupted, clean the sensor area and  
restart the engine. The system will need  
some time to detect that the sensor area is  
now clean. If the warning message con-  
tinues to be displayed, have the ICC system  
checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
.
When driving on roads with limited road  
structures or buildings (for example, long  
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to  
long walls), the system may illuminate the  
ICC system warning (yellow) and display  
the "Not Available: Front Radar obstructed"  
message.  
SSD0253  
When driving on some roads, such as winding,  
hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are  
under construction, the radar sensor may  
.
When the ESP is turned off * When the ESP  
(including the traction control system)  
operates  
Action to take  
When the conditions listed above are no  
longer present, turn the ICC system back  
on to use the system.  
detect vehicles in  
a different lane, or may  
.
.
.
.
When the vehicle speed falls below approxi-  
temporarily not detect  
a vehicle travelling  
mately 30 km/h (20 MPH)  
ahead. This may cause the ICC system to  
decelerate or accelerate the vehicle.  
When the parking brake is applied * When a  
tire slips  
Condition C:  
When the ICC system is not operating properly,  
the chime sounds and the ICC system ON  
indicator (yellow) will appear.  
The detection of vehicles may also be affected  
by vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or  
travelling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle  
condition. If this occurs, the ICC system may  
warn you by blinking the system indicator  
and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You  
will have to manually control the proper  
distance away from the vehicle travelling  
ahead.  
When the radar signal is temporarily inter-  
rupted  
When the clutch pedal is depressed for  
approximately 8 seconds  
Action to take  
If the warning appears, park the vehicle in a  
safe place. Turn the ignition off, restart the  
engine, resume driving and set the ICC system  
again.  
If it is not possible to set the system or the  
warning stays on, it may indicate that the ICC  
system is malfunctioning. Although the ve-  
hicle is still driveable under normal condi-  
tions, have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN  
dealer.  
Action to take  
When the conditions listed above are no longer  
present, press the RES/+ switch to resume  
using the ICC system.  
Condition B:  
System temporarily unavailable:  
The chime will sound and the "Not available:  
Front Radar obstructed" warning message will  
appear in the vehicle information display.  
The following are conditions in which the ICC  
system may be temporarily unavailable. In  
these instances, the ICC system may cancel  
and may not be able to maintain the selected  
following distance from the vehicle ahead.  
.
When the radar sensor area is covered with  
dirt or is obstructed, making it impossible  
to detect a vehicle ahead, the ICC system is  
automatically canceled.  
Condition A:  
Under the following conditions, the ICC system  
is automatically cancelled. A chime will sound  
and the system will not be able to be set:  
Action to take  
If the warning message appears, park the  
vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine  
5-90 Starting and driving  
.
.
Always observe the posted speed limits  
and do not set the speed over them.  
Never take your hands off the steering  
wheel when driving. Always keep your  
hands on the steering wheel and drive  
your vehicle safely.  
Always drive carefully and attentively  
when using the Steering Assist system.  
Read and understand the Owner’s Man-  
ual thoroughly before using the Steering  
Assist system. To avoid serious injury or  
death, do not rely on the system to  
prevent accidents or to control the vehi-  
cle’s speed in emergency situations. Do  
not use the Steering Assist system except  
in appropriate road and traffic condi-  
tions.  
System maintenance:  
STEERING ASSIST (if equipped) (manual  
transmission model)  
WARNING:  
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the Steering Assist  
system could result in serious injury or death.  
.
.
Steering Assist is not a self-driving sys-  
tem. Within the limits of its capabilities,  
as described in this manual, it helps the  
driver with certain driving activities.  
JVS0956X  
.
The Steering Assist system is not  
a
replacement for proper driving procedure  
and is not designed to correct careless,  
inattentive or absent- minded driving.  
Steering Assist will not always steer the  
vehicle to keep it in the lane. The Steering  
Assist system is not designed to prevent  
loss of control. It is the driver’s responsi-  
bility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the  
vehicle in the travelling lane, and be in  
control of the vehicle at all times.  
The sensor for the ICCsystem is located on the  
front of the vehicle behind the emblem  
.
To keep the ICC system operating properly, be  
sure to observe the following:  
.
.
Always keep the sensor area clean.  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the sensor.  
.
.
.
Do not cover or attach stickers or similar  
objects near the sensor area. This could  
cause failure or malfunction.  
Do not attach metallic objects near the  
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could  
cause failure or malfunction.  
Do not alter, remove or paint the front  
bumper. Contact a NISSAN dealer before  
customizing or restoring the front bumper.  
.
There are limitations to the Steering  
Assist system capability. The Steering  
Assist system does not function in all  
driving, traffic, weather, and road condi-  
tions. It is the driver’s responsibility to  
stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in  
the travelling lane, and be in control of  
the vehicle at all times.  
JVS0939X  
:
Multi-sensing front camera  
For the radio approval numbers and informa-  
tion, see “Radio approval number and informa-  
tion” (P.9-15).  
.
.
The Steering Assist system is only an aid  
to assist the driver and is not a collision  
warning or avoidance device.  
The Steering Assist system is for use on  
motorways with opposing traffic sepa-  
rated by a barrier only, and is not in-  
tended for city driving.  
The Steering Assist system uses a multi-sen-  
sing front camera  
installed behind the  
windshield to monitor the lane markers of your  
travelling lane.  
The Steering Assist function controls the steer-  
ing system to help keep your vehicle within the  
travelling lane.  
Starting and driving 5-91  
transmission vehicles)” earlier in this section.  
Steering Assist system controls (manual transmission vehicles)  
The Steering Assist can be activated when the  
following conditions are met:  
.
.
The ICC system is activated and set.  
Lane markers on both sides are clearly  
detected.  
The driver grips the steering wheel.  
.
.
The vehicle is driven at the center of the  
lane.  
.
.
The turn signals are not operated.  
The windshield wiper is not operated in the  
high (HI) speed operation (the steering  
assist function is disabled after the wiper  
operates for approximately 10 seconds).  
.
The vehicle speed is above 60 km/h (37  
MPH).  
Steering Assist display and indicators  
(manual transmission model)  
WAF0127X  
:
:
:
:
Steering wheel mounted controls (left)  
Vehicle information display  
Steering Assist switch  
Steering Assist system operation  
(manual transmission model)  
WAF0128X  
Steering Assist is not available at speeds under  
60 km/h (37 MPH).  
Steering wheel mounted controls (right)  
1. Steering Assist status indicator/warning  
The Steering Assist controls the steering sys-  
tem to help keep your vehicle near the center  
of the lane when driving. The Steering Assist is  
combined with the Intelligent Cruise Control  
(ICC) system. For additional information, refer  
to “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (manual  
Displays the status of the Steering Assist by  
the color of the indicator/warning  
.
Gray: Steering Assist standby  
.
Green: Steering Assist active  
5-92 Starting and driving  
.
Yellow: Steering Assist malfunction  
Intervention” (P.5-43).  
NOTE:  
2. Steering Assist status indicator  
If the driver softly touches (insteadof firmly  
grips) the steering wheel, Steering Assist may  
not detect the steering wheel operation and  
the warning may be displayed. When the  
driver holds and operates the steering wheel  
again, the warning turns off and the Steering  
Assist resumes automatically.  
Hands on detection:  
Indicates the status of the Steering Assist  
by the color of the indicator  
.
Gray: Steering Assist standby  
Green: Steering Assist active  
.
3. Lane marker indicator  
Steering Assist activation/deactivation:  
ICC ON/OFF switch on steering wheel:  
Indicates whether the system detects the  
lane marker  
.
Gray: Lane markers not detected  
Green: Lane markers detected  
Yellow: Lane departure is detected  
Press the ICC ON/OFF switch. This will turn ICC  
and Steering Assist on in standby mode and  
Steering Assist icons will appear in gray. Note  
that Steering Assist may already be switched  
on, depending on the settings in the Settings  
menu. These settings are retained if the engine  
is restarted.  
Then press SET/- on the right-hand steering  
wheel switch to set cruise control speed. When  
the system detects clear lane markings the  
Steering Assist icons will turn green and the  
Steering Assist system will become active.  
.
.
WAF0129X  
When the Steering Assist is in operation, the  
Steering Assist status indicator , the Steering  
Assist indicator , and the lane marker indi-  
When the Steering Assist is activated, it moni-  
tors the driver’s steering wheel operation.  
If the steering wheel is not operated or the  
driver takes his/her hands off the steering  
wheel for a period of time, the warning  
appears in the vehicle information display.  
If the driver does not operate the steering  
wheel after the warning has been displayed, an  
audible alert sounds and the warning flashes in  
the vehicle information display, followed by the  
Steering Assist system entering the temporary  
stand-by mode.  
cator  
on the vehicle information display turn  
green.  
When the Steering Assist deactivates, the  
Steering Assist status indicator , the Steering  
Assist indicator , and the lane marker indi-  
cator  
on the vehicle information display turn  
Steering Assist switch:  
gray. If Steering Assist has been deactivated  
automatically as the conditions for activation  
are no longer met, a double chime will sound.  
To turn the Steering Assist ON or OFF, push the  
Steering Assist switch on the instrument panel.  
Intelligent Lane Intervention:  
NOTE:  
When a curve or strong cross wind exceeds the  
capabilities of the Steering Assist and your  
vehicle approaches either the left or the right  
side of the travelling lane, a warning chime  
sounds and the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
indicator light (yellow) on the instrument panel  
flashes to alert the driver. Then, the Intelligent  
Lane Intervention system automatically applies  
the brakes for a short period of time to help  
assist the driver to return the vehicle to the  
center of the travelling lane. This action is in  
addition to any Steering Assist actions. For  
additional information, refer to “Intelligent Lane  
.
When the Steering Assist switch is used  
to turn the system ON or OFF, the system  
remembers the setting when the engine  
is restarted. The switch must be pushed  
again to change the setting to ON or OFF.  
The Steering Assist switch changes the  
status of the "Steering Assist" selection  
made in the "Settings" screen in the  
vehicle information display.  
WARNING:  
Steering Assist is not a system for hands-free  
driving. Always keep your hands on the  
steering wheel and drive your vehicle safely.  
.
Failure to do so could cause  
a collision  
resulting in serious personal injury or death.  
Setting in the vehicle information display:  
Starting and driving 5-93  
1. Press the  
buttons on the left hand  
lane markers that are faded or not  
painted clearly, nonstandard lane  
markers, or lane markers covered  
with water, dirt, snow, etc.  
— When strong light (for example, sun-  
light or high beams from oncoming  
vehicles) shines on the camera  
side of the steering wheel until the "Set-  
tings" menu is displayed in the vehicle  
information display and press the OK  
button.  
— When the headlights are not bright  
due to dirt on the lens or the head-  
lights are off in tunnels or darkness  
— When driving on roads with discon-  
tinued lane markers  
2. Use the  
buttons on the steering wheel  
to highlight "Driver Assistance" and press  
the OK button.  
— When driving on roads with a widen-  
ing or narrowing lane width  
— When a sudden change in brightness  
occurs (for example, when the vehicle  
enters or exits a tunnel or is under a  
bridge)  
3. Use the  
buttons on the steering wheel  
to highlight "Driving Aids" and press the OK  
button.  
— When driving on roads where there  
are multiple lanes or unclear lane  
markers due to road construction  
— When driving on roads where the  
travelling lane merges or separates  
or where there are temporary lane  
markers because of road construc-  
tion  
4. With "Steering Assist" highlighted press the  
OK button to toggle the Steering Assist  
system status.  
— When driving on roads where there  
are sharply contrasting objects, such  
as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts,  
seams, or lines remaining after road  
repairs (the Steering Assist could  
detect these items as lane markers)  
A tick mark indicated that Steering Assist is  
selected.  
— When there is a lane closure due to  
road repairs  
NOTE:  
.
When the Steering Assist screen is dis-  
played on the vehicle information display,  
press the OK button on the steering  
wheel to show the "Driving Aids" setting  
menu.  
When enabling/disabling the system  
through the vehicle information display  
or when pressing the Steering Assist  
switch, the system retains the current  
settings even if the engine is restarted.  
— When driving on roads where the  
travelling lane merges or separates  
— When driving on a bumpy road sur-  
face, such as an uneven dirt road  
— Where the lanes are too narrow or too  
wide  
— When driving on sharp curves or  
winding roads  
.
.
Do not use the Steering Assist under the  
following conditions because the system  
may not properly detect lane markers.  
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle  
control and result in an accident.  
— When driving on repeated uphill and  
downhill roads  
.
Do not use the Steering Assist under the  
following conditions because the system  
will not operate properly:  
— When driving with a tyre that is not  
within normal tyre conditions (for  
example, tyre wear, abnormal tyre  
pressure, installation of a spare tyre,  
tyre chains, nonstandard wheels)  
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,  
Steering Assist limitations  
dust, etc.)  
WARNING:  
— When rain, snow, sand, etc., is thrown  
up by the wheels of other vehicles  
.
In the following situations, the camera  
may not detect lane markers correctly or  
may detect lane markers incorrectly and  
the Steering Assist may not operate  
properly:  
— When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or  
another object adheres to the cam-  
era unit  
— When the vehicle is equipped with  
non-original brake or suspension  
parts  
— When the lens of the camera unit or  
the windshield glass in front of the  
camera is foggy  
— When driving on roads where there  
are multiple parallel lane markers,  
5-94 Starting and driving  
— When an object such as a sticker or  
cargo obstructs the camera  
.
.
.
When the current travelling lane is too  
narrow to operate.  
switch on the instrument panel or the settings  
menu and set the Intelligent Cruise Control  
system again. If the warning (yellow) continues  
to illuminate, the Steering Assist may be mal-  
functioning. Although the vehicle is still drivable  
under normal conditions, have the system  
checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
When a corner is too tight and the vehicle  
— When excessively heavy baggage is  
loaded in the rear seat or luggage  
area of your vehicle  
cannot stay in the travelling lane.  
When lane markers on both sides are no  
longer detected.  
— When the vehicle load capacity is  
exceeded  
Steering Assist cancel:  
Steering Assist maintenance:  
Under the following conditions, the Steering  
Assist cancels, a warning message is displayed,  
a double chime sounds, and the Steering Assist  
indicators turn off:  
— When towing a trailer or other vehicle  
The camera sensor is located above the inside  
mirror.  
.
.
Excessive noise will interfere with the  
warning chime sound, and the beep  
may not be heard.  
To keep the proper operation of the system  
and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to  
observe the following:  
.
When unusual lane markers appear in the  
travelling lane or when the lane marker  
cannot be correctly detected for some time  
due to certain conditions (for example, a  
snow rut, the reflection of light on a rainy  
day, the presence of several unclear lane  
markers).  
When the windshield wiper operates in the  
high (HI) speed operation (the Steering  
Assist is disabled when the wiper operates  
for more than approximately 10 seconds).  
For the Steering Assist system to operate  
properly, the windshield in front of the  
camera must be clean. Replace worn  
wiper blades. The correct size wiper  
blades must be used to help make sure  
the windshield is kept clean. Only use  
Genuine NISSAN wiper blades, or equiva-  
lent wiper blades, that are specifically  
designed for use on your vehicle model  
and model year. It is recommended that  
you visit a NISSAN dealer for the correct  
parts for your vehicle.  
.
.
Always keep the windshield clean.  
Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-  
ent material) or install an accessory near  
the camera unit.  
.
.
Do not place reflective materials, such as  
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument  
panel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-  
versely affect the camera unit’s capability  
of detecting the lane markers.  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the camera unit. Do not touch the camera  
lens or remove the screw located on the  
camera unit.  
.
Action to take:  
When the conditions listed above are no longer  
present, turn the Steering Assist system on  
again using the Steering Assist switch on the  
instrument panel.  
Steering Assist temporary standby:  
Automatic standby due to driving operation:  
If the camera unit is damaged due to an  
accident, it is recommended that you visit a  
NISSAN dealer.  
When the driver activates the turn signal, the  
Steering Assist malfunction:  
Steering Assist is temporarily placed in  
a
standby mode. (The Steering Assist restarts  
automatically when the operating conditions  
are met again.)  
When the system malfunctions, it turns off  
automatically. The Steering Assist status warn-  
ing illuminates (yellow). A chime may sound  
depending on the situation.  
Automatic standby:  
Action to take:  
In the following cases, a double chime sounds,  
and the Steering Assist is placed in a temporary  
standby mode. (The Steering Assist restarts  
automatically when the operating conditions  
are met again.)  
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the  
vehicle in neutral and apply the parking brake,  
turn the engine off, restart the engine, resume  
driving, ensure that the Steering Assist is  
switched on using either the Steering Assist  
Starting and driving 5-95  
CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE  
CONTROL MODE (manual transmission  
model)  
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-  
trol switches (manual transmission  
model)  
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-  
trol mode display and indicators (man-  
ual transmission model)  
This mode allows driving at speeds between 30  
km/h to 170 km/h (20 to 105 MPH) (except for  
R9N engine model) or 30 km/h to 180 km/h (20  
to 112 MPH) (for R9N engine model) without  
keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.  
WARNING:  
.
In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode, a warning chime does not  
sound to warn you if you are too close to  
the vehicle ahead, as neither the pre-  
sence of the vehicle ahead nor the  
vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.  
WAF0130X  
WAF0131X  
1. RES/+ switch:  
The display is located in the vehicle information  
display.  
1. Cruise indicator:  
.
Pay special attention to the distance  
between your vehicle and the vehicle  
ahead of you or a collision could occur.  
Resumes set speed or increases speed  
incrementally.  
2. CANCEL switch:  
This indicator indicates the condition of the  
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
mode of the ICC system depending on a  
color.  
.
.
Always confirm the setting in the vehicle  
Deactivates the system without erasing the  
information display.  
set speed.  
Do not use the conventional (fixed speed)  
cruise control mode when driving under  
the following conditions:  
3. SET/- switch:  
.
Cruise control ON indicator (gray): Indi-  
Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed  
cates that the ICC ON/OFF switch is on.  
incrementally.  
— when it is not possible to keep the  
.
Cruise control SET indicator (green): In-  
vehicle at a set speed  
4. ICC ON/OFF switch:  
dicates that the cruising speed is set.  
.
Main switch to activate/deactivate the  
Cruise control warning (yellow): Indicates  
— in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies  
in speed  
system.  
that there is a malfunction in the Con-  
ventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
mode of the ICC system.  
— on winding or hilly roads – on slippery  
roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)  
2. Set vehicle speed indicator: This indicator  
— in very windy areas  
indicates the set vehicle speed.  
.
.
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle  
control and result in an accident.  
Gray: cruise control standby  
Green: cruise control active  
.
5-96 Starting and driving  
.
.
.
Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the  
vehicle attains the desired speed, push the  
SET/- switch and release it.  
Push and hold the SET/- switch . Release  
the switch when the vehicle slows down to  
the desired speed.  
Push, then quickly release the SET/- switch  
. Each time you do this,the set speed will  
decrease by about 1 km/h (1 MPH).  
Operating conventional (fixed speed)  
cruise control mode (manual trans-  
mission model)  
CAUTION:  
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-  
trol, make sure to turn the ICC ON/OFF switch  
off when not using the ICC system.  
To turn the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode on, push and hold the Cruise  
ON/OFF switch  
seconds.  
for longer than about 1.5  
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle  
to the desired speed, push the SET/- switch  
and release it. (The color of the cruise indicator  
changes to green and the set vehicle speed  
indicator comes on.) Take your foot off the  
accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the  
set speed.  
To resume the preset speed, push and release  
the RES/+ switch. The vehicle will resume the  
last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed  
is over 30 km/h (20 MPH).  
.
To pass another vehicle, depress the  
accelerator pedal. When you release the  
pedal, the vehicle will return to the pre-  
viously set speed.  
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed  
when going up or down steep hills. If this  
happens, manually maintain vehicle speed.  
System temporarily available  
A chime sounds and the control is automati-  
cally cancelled under the following conditions:  
.
.
When the vehicle slows down more than 13  
km/h (8 MPH) below the set speed.  
WAF0132X  
.
.
When the parking brake is applied.  
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the  
When the ESP (including the traction con-  
When pushing the ICC ON/OFF switch on, the  
conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode  
following methods:  
trol system) operates.  
.
.
Push the CANCEL switch  
. The vehicle  
display and indicators  
are displayed in the  
.
.
When a wheel slips.  
speed indicator will turn gray.  
vehicle information display. After you hold the  
ICC ON/OFF switch for longer than about 1.5  
seconds, the ICC system display goes out. The  
cruise indicator appears. You can now set your  
desired cruising speed. Pushing the ICC ON/  
OFF switch again will turn the system comple-  
tely off.  
When the clutch pedal is depressed for  
Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed  
longer than approximately 8 seconds.  
indicator will turn gray.  
When the system is not operating properly, the  
chime sounds and the color of the cruise  
indicator will change to yellow.  
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of  
the following three methods:  
.
.
.
Depress the accelerator pedal. When the  
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and  
release the SET/- switch.  
Push and hold the RES/+ switch . When  
the vehicle displays the desired set speed,  
release the switch.  
Push, then quickly release the RES/+ switch  
. Each time you do this, the set speed will  
increase by about 1 km/h (1 MPH).  
Action to take:  
If the color of the cruise indicator changes to  
yellow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the  
engine off, restart the engine, resume driving  
and then perform the setting again.  
If it is not possible to set or the indicator  
stays on, it may indicate that the system is  
malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still  
driveable under normal conditions, have the  
vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
When the power switch is placed in the OFF  
position, the system is also automatically  
turned off.  
To use the ICC system again, quickly push and  
release the ICC ON/OFF switch  
(vehicle-to-  
vehicle distance control mode) or push and  
hold it (conventional cruise control mode)  
again to turn it on.  
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of  
the following three methods:  
Starting and driving 5-97  
steer the vehicle or prevent loss of con-  
trol. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay  
alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the  
travelling lane, and be in control of the  
vehicle at all times.  
3. Select the "Lane" submenu by pressing  
"OK".  
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)  
SYSTEM (if equipped) (ICC/manual  
transmission model)  
The LDW system will operate when the vehicle  
is driven at the following speeds and above,  
and only when the lane markings are clearly  
visible on the road:  
4. A tick mark next to "Warning" indicates that  
the system is turned on.  
5. Press "OK" to turn the system off or on.  
LDW system operation  
NOTE:  
If you turn the LDW system off, the system  
will remain turned off the next time you start  
the vehicle’s engine.  
.
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)  
The LDW system monitors the lane markers on  
the travelling lane using the camera unit  
located above the inside mirror.  
WARNING:  
The LDW system warns the driver with a LDW  
indicator on the vehicle information display  
and chime that the vehicle is beginning to leave  
the driving lane.  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the Lane Departure Warning system. Failure  
to operate the vehicle in accordance with  
these system limitations could result in  
serious injury or death.  
.
.
.
The system will not operate at speeds  
below approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH),  
or if it cannot detect lane markers.  
Excessive noise will interfere with the  
warning chime sound, and the chime  
may not be heard.  
Do not use the LDW system under the  
following conditions as it may not func-  
tion properly:  
WAF0133X  
LDW indicator  
The LDW system provides a lane departure  
warning function when the vehicle is driven at  
speeds of approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) and  
above, and the lane markings are clear. When  
the vehicle approaches either the left or the  
right side of the traveling lane, a warning chime  
will sound and the LDW indicator on the vehicle  
information display will blink to alert the driver  
The warning function will stop when the vehicle  
returns inside of the lane markers.  
JVS0939X  
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,  
etc.).  
WARNING:  
— When driving on slippery roads, such  
as on ice or snow.  
Turning the LDW system on or off:  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the Lane Departure Warning system. Failure  
to operate the vehicle in accordance with  
these system limitations could result in  
serious injury or death.  
To turn the LDW system on and off use the  
"Settings" menu in the vehicle information  
display.  
— When driving on winding or uneven  
roads.  
1. In the "Settings" menu, select the "Driver  
— When there is a lane closure due to  
road repairs.  
Assistance" key.  
.
The LDW system is only a warning device  
to help inform the driver of a potential  
unintended lane departure. It will not  
2. Then select "Driving Aids".  
— When driving in a makeshift or tem-  
porary lane.  
5-98 Starting and driving  
— When driving on roads where the lane  
width is too narrow.  
— When travelling close to the vehicle in  
front of you, which obstructs the lane  
camera unit detection range.  
.
When the vehicle speed lowers to less than  
approximately 60 km/h (37MPH).  
After the above conditions have finished and  
the necessary operating conditions are satis-  
fied, the LDW system will resume.  
— When driving without normal tyre  
conditions (for example, tyre wear,  
low tyre pressure, installation of  
spare tyre, tyre chains, non-standard  
wheels).  
— When rain, snow, dirt or object ad-  
heres to the windshield in front of the  
lane camera unit.  
LDW malfunction  
— When the headlights are not bright  
due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming  
is not adjusted properly.  
When the LDW system malfunctions, it will be  
cancel automatically and the "System Fault"  
message will appear in the vehicle information  
display. If the "System Fault" message appears  
in the vehicle information display pull off the  
road in a safe location, turn off and restart the  
engine. If the "System Fault" message con-  
tinues to appear in the vehicle information  
display, have the LDW system checked by a  
NISSAN dealer.  
— When the vehicle is equipped with  
non-original brake parts or suspen-  
sion parts.  
— When strong light enters the lane  
camera unit. (For example, the light  
directly shines onthe front of the  
vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)  
— When you are towing a trailer or other  
vehicle.  
.
The system may not function properly  
under the following conditions:  
— When a sudden change in brightness  
occurs. (For example, when the vehi-  
cle enters or exits a tunnel or under a  
bridge.)  
— On roads where there are multiple  
parallel lane markers; lane markers  
that are faded or not painted clearly;  
yellow painted lane markers; non-  
standard lane markers; or lane mar-  
kers covered with water, dirt, snow,  
etc.  
Multi-sensing camera unit mainte-  
nance  
LDW temporary disabled status  
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under  
high temperature conditions (over approxi-  
mately 40°C (104°F)) and then started, the  
LDW system may be deactivated automatically,  
the LDW indicator will flash and the "Not  
available: High Cabin Temperature" message  
will appear in the vehicle information display.  
— On roads where discontinued lane  
markers are still detectable.  
— On roads where there are sharp  
curves.  
— On roads where there are sharply  
contrasting objects, such as sha-  
dows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams  
or lines remaining after road repairs.  
(The LDW system could detect these  
items as lane markers.)  
When the interior temperature is reduced, the  
LDW system will resume operating automati-  
cally and the LDW indicator will stop flashing.  
JVS0939X  
The LDW system is not designed to warn under  
the following conditions:  
The lane camera unit  
for the LDW system is  
.
When you operate the lane change signal  
and change travelling lanes in the direction  
of the signal. (The LDWsystem will become  
operational again approximately two sec-  
onds after the lane change signal is turned  
off.)  
located above the interior rear view mirror. To  
maintain the proper operation of the LDW  
system and prevent a system malfunction, be  
sure to observe the following:  
— On roads where the travelling lane  
merges or separates.  
— When the vehicle’s travelling direction  
does not align with the lane marker.  
Starting and driving 5-99  
.
.
Always keep the windshield clean.  
.
.
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss  
of control. It is the driver’s responsibility  
to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle  
in the travelling lane, and be in control of  
the vehicle at all times.  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
is primarily intended for use on well-  
developed freeways or highways. It may  
not detect the lane markers in certain  
road, weather, or driving conditions.  
Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-  
ent material) or install an accessory near  
the camera unit.  
.
.
Do not place reflective materials, such as  
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument  
panel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-  
versely affect the camera unit’s detection  
capability.  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the camera unit. Do not touch the camera  
lens or remove the screw located on the  
camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system must  
be turned on with the Intelligent Lane Inter-  
vention switch every time the ignition switch is  
placed in the ON position.  
due to an accident, contact  
dealer.  
a NISSAN  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system will  
operate when the vehicle is driven at the  
following speeds and above, and only when  
the lane markings are clearly visible on the  
road:  
INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION SYS-  
TEM (if equipped) (manual transmission  
model)  
.
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system warns  
the driver when the vehicle has left the center  
of the travelling lane with a Intelligent Lane  
Intervention indicator on the vehicle informa-  
tion display and chime. The system helps assist  
the driver to return the vehicle to the center of  
the travelling lane by applying the brakes to the  
left or right wheels individually (for a short  
period of time).  
JVS0939X  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system moni-  
tors the lane markers on the travelling lane  
using the camera unit  
inside mirror.  
located above the  
WARNING:  
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system could result in serious  
injury or death.  
5-100 Starting and driving  
period of time to help assist the driver to return  
the vehicle to the center of the travelling lane.  
Intelligent Lane Intervention activa-  
tion/deactivation (manual transmis-  
sion model)  
To turn on the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
system, push the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
switch on the instrument panel after starting  
the engine.  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention ON indicator  
on the vehicle information display will appear in  
green. Push the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
switch again to turn off the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system. The green Intelligent Lane  
Intervention ON indicator on the vehicle infor-  
mation display will turn off. If LDW is switched  
on, the gray LDW indicator will remain on.  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system will be  
automatically turned off when the ignition  
switch is placed in the OFF position.  
Limitations  
WARNING:  
WAF0134X  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system. Failure  
to operate the vehicle in accordance with  
these system limitations could result in  
serious injury or death.  
:
Intelligent Lane Intervention ON indicator  
(green) (on the vehicle information dis-  
play)  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
operation (manual transmission model)  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system oper-  
.
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
may activate if you change lanes without  
first activating your turn signal or, for  
example, if a construction zone directs  
traffic to cross an existing lane marker. If  
this occurs you may need to apply  
corrective steering to complete your lane  
change.  
:
:
:
Vehicle information display  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls  
Intelligent Lane Intervention switch  
ates above approximately:  
.
60 km/h (37 MPH)  
When the vehicle approaches either the left or  
the right side of the travelling lane, awarning  
chime will sound and the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention indicator (yellow) on the vehicle  
information display will blink to alert the driver.  
Then, the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
will automatically apply the brakes for a short  
Starting and driving 5-101  
.
Because the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
may not activate under the road, weather  
and lane marker conditions described in  
this section, it may not activate every  
time your vehicle begins to leave the  
travelling lane and you will need to apply  
corrective steering.  
When the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
system is operating, avoid excessive or  
sudden steering manoeuvres, otherwise  
you could lose control of the vehicle.  
— When the vehicle is equipped with  
non-original brake parts or suspen-  
sion parts.  
directly shines on the front of the  
vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)  
— When a sudden change in brightness  
occurs. (For example,when the vehi-  
cle enters or exits a tunnel or under a  
bridge.)  
— On roads where there are multiple  
parallel lane markers; lane markers  
that are faded or not painted clearly;  
yellow painted lane markers; non-  
standard lane markers; or lane mar-  
kers covered with water, dirt, snow,  
etc.  
— When the vehicle load capacity is  
exceeded.  
.
.
— When towing  
vehicle.  
a trailer or another  
— On roads where discontinued lane  
markers are still detectable.  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
will not operate if it cannot detect lane  
markers, or at speeds below approxi-  
mately:  
— Excessive noise will interfere with the  
warning chime sound, and the chime  
may not be heard.  
— On roads where there are sharp  
curves.  
— 60 km/h (37 MPH)  
— On roads where there are sharply  
contrasting objects, such as sha-  
dows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams  
or lines remaining after road repairs.  
(The Intelligent Lane Intervention sys-  
tem could detect these items as lane  
markers.)  
NOTE:  
.
Do not use the Intelligent Lane Interven-  
tion system under the following condi-  
tions as it may not function properly:  
While the Intelligent Lane Intervention sys-  
tem is operating, you may hear a sound of  
brake operation. This is normal and indicates  
that the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
is operating properly.  
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,  
etc.).  
Intelligent Lane Intervention tempora-  
rily unavailable  
— When driving on slippery roads, such  
as on ice or snow.  
— On roads where the travelling lane  
merges or separates.  
Condition A:  
— When driving on winding or uneven  
roads.  
— When the vehicle’s travelling direction  
does not align with the lane marker.  
The warning and assist functions of the In-  
telligent Lane Intervention system are not  
designed to work under the following condi-  
tions:  
— When there is a lane closure due to  
road repairs.  
— When travelling close to the vehicle in  
front of you, which obstructs the lane  
camera unit detection range.  
— When driving in a makeshift or tem-  
porary lane.  
.
When you operate the lane change signal  
and change the travelling lanes in the  
direction of the signal. (The Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system will be deactivated for  
— When rain, snow, dirt or object ad-  
heres to the windshield in front of the  
lane camera unit.  
— When driving on roads where the lane  
width is too narrow.  
approximately  
2 seconds after the lane  
— When the headlights are not bright  
due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming  
is not adjusted properly.  
— When driving without normal tyre  
conditions (for example, tyrewear,  
low tyre pressure, installation of  
spare tyre, tyre chains, non-standard  
wheels).  
change signal is turned off.)  
.
When the vehicle speed lowers to less than  
approximately:  
— When strong light enters the lane  
camera unit. (For example, the light  
5-102 Starting and driving  
— 60 km/h (37 MPH)  
turn on the Intelligent Lane Intervention sys-  
tem. Push the Speed limiter MAIN ON/OFF  
switch again to turn the Intelligent Lane Inter-  
vention system back on.  
Multi-sensing camera unit mainte-  
nance  
After the above conditions have finished and  
the necessary operating conditions are satis-  
fied, the warning and assist functions will  
resume.  
Temporary disabled status at high tempera-  
ture:  
Condition B:  
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under  
high temperature conditions (over approxi-  
mately 40°C ( 104°F)) and then the Intelligent  
Lane Intervention system is turned on, the  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system may be  
deactivated automatically and the following  
message will appear on the vehicle information  
display: "Not available High cabin temperature"  
When the interior temperature is reduced, the  
system will resume operating automatically.  
The assist function of the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system is not designed to work  
under the following conditions (warning is still  
functional):  
.
.
When the brake pedal is depressed.  
When the steering wheel is turned as far as  
necessary for the vehicle to change lanes.  
JVS0939X  
.
When the vehicle is accelerated during the  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system opera-  
tion.  
The lane camera unit  
for the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system is located above the inter-  
ior rear view mirror. To maintain the proper  
operation of the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
system and prevent a system malfunction, be  
sure to observe the following:  
System malfunction  
.
.
.
When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)  
approach warning occurs.  
When the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
malfunctions, it will cancel automatically and  
the "System fault" message will appear in the  
vehicle information display. If the "System fault"  
message appears in the vehicle information  
display pull off the road in a safe location, turn  
off and restart the engine. If the "System fault"  
message continues to appear in the vehicle  
information display, have the Intelligent Lane  
When the hazard warning flashers are  
operated.  
When driving on a curve at high speed.  
.
.
Always keep the windshield clean.  
After the above conditions have finished and  
the necessary operating conditions are satis-  
fied, the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
application of the brakes will resume.  
Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-  
ent material) or install an accessory near  
the camera unit.  
Do not place reflective materials, such as  
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument  
panel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-  
versely affect the camera unit’s detection  
capability of detecting lane markers.  
.
.
Condition C:  
Intervention system checked by  
dealer.  
a NISSAN  
If the following messages appear in the vehicle  
information display, a chime will sound and the  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system will be  
turned off automatically.  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the camera unit. Do not touch the camera  
lens or remove the screw located on the  
camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged  
.
"Not Available Poor Road Conditions":  
When the ESP system (except Traction  
Control System (TCS) function) or ABS  
operates.  
due to an accident, contact  
dealer.  
a NISSAN  
.
"Currently not available":  
When the ESP system is turned OFF.  
When the above conditions no longer exist,  
Starting and driving 5-103  
PROPILOT (if equipped)  
.
Never take your hands off the steering  
wheel when driving. Always keep your  
hands on the steering wheel and drive  
your vehicle safely.  
vehicle ahead in the same lane and to monitor  
the lane markers. If the vehicle detects a slower  
moving vehicle ahead, the system will reduce  
the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows  
the vehicle in front at the selected distance.  
The system will also help keep the vehicle  
center in the travelling lane when clear lane  
markings are detected.  
WARNING:  
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the ProPILOT system  
could result in serious injury or death.  
.
.
The ProPILOT system does not react to  
stationary or slow moving vehicles.  
.
ProPILOT is not a self-driving system.  
Always drive carefully and attentively  
when using the ProPILOT system. Read  
and understand the Owner’s Manual  
thoroughly before using the ProPILOT  
system. To avoid serious injury or death,  
do not rely on the system to prevent  
accidents or to control the vehicle’s  
speed in emergency situations. Do not  
use the ProPILOT system except in ap-  
propriate road and traffic conditions.  
Within the limits of its capabilities, as  
described in this manual, it helps the  
driver with certain driving activities.  
PROPILOT SYSTEM OPERATION  
The ProPILOT system has the following func-  
.
The ProPILOT system is not a replace-  
ment for proper driving procedure and is  
not designed to correct careless, inatten-  
tive or absentminded driving. ProPILOT  
will not always steer the vehicle to keep it  
in the lane. The ProPILOT system is not  
designed to prevent loss of control. It is  
the driver’s responsibility to stay alert,  
drive safely, keep the vehicle in the  
travelling lane, and be in control of the  
vehicle at all times.  
There are limitations to the ProPILOT  
system capability. The ProPILOT system  
does not function in all driving, traffic,  
weather, and road conditions. It is the  
driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive  
safely, keep the vehicle in the travelling  
lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all  
times.  
tions:  
.
.
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)  
Steering Assist  
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (vehicles  
with ProPILOT)  
The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise  
control modes:  
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
mode:  
Used for cruising at a preset speed.  
.
NOTE:  
Steering assist is not available in the con-  
ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.  
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:  
WAF0108X  
The ICC system maintains a selected distance  
from the vehicle in front of you within the  
speed range of 0 to 170 km/h (0 to 105 MPH) up  
to the set speed. The set speed can be selected  
by the driver between 30 to 170 km/h (20 to 105  
MPH). When the vehicle ahead slows to a stop,  
your vehicle gradually decelerates to a stand-  
still. When the vehicle is stopped, the ICC  
system maintains braking force to keep your  
vehicle stationary.  
.
.
The ProPILOT system is only an aid to  
assist the driver and is not a collision  
warning or avoidance device.  
The ProPILOT system is for use on motor-  
ways with opposing traffic separated by  
a barrier only, and is not intended for city  
driving.  
Radar sensor  
Multi-sensing front camera  
The ProPILOT system is intended to enhance  
the operation of the vehicle when following a  
vehicle travelling in the same lane and direc-  
tion.  
The ProPILOT system uses  
front camera installed behind the windshield  
and a radar sensor located on the front of the  
vehicle to measure the distance to the  
a multi-sensing  
.
Always observe the posted speed limits  
and do not set the speed over them.  
5-104 Starting and driving  
NOTE:  
PROPILOT SWITCHES  
When your vehicle is stopped for less than  
approximately  
3 seconds and the vehicle  
ahead begins to move, your vehicle will start  
moving again automatically. If your vehicle is  
stationary for more than approximately 3  
minutes, the ICC system will be switched off  
and the electronic parking brake will be  
applied.  
.
When the vehicle ahead begins to move  
forward, push the RES/+ button on the  
steering wheel or lightly depress the accel-  
erator pedal to release the brake. The ICC  
system will restart to maintain a selected  
distance from the vehicle in front of you.  
When stationary and no vehicle is detected  
ahead the ICC will not function. The accel-  
erator should be used to control the vehicle  
speed.  
.
NOTE:  
Even if the Intelligent Emergency Braking  
setting is turned off by the driver using the  
"Settings" menu in the vehicle information  
display, Intelligent Emergency Braking will be  
turned on automatically when the ProPILOT  
is used.  
Steering Assist (vehicles with ProPILOT)  
The Steering Assist function controls the steer-  
ing system to help keep your vehicle within the  
travelling lane.  
WAF0083X  
Steering wheel mounted controls (left)  
Vehicle information display  
Steering Assist is not available at speeds under  
60 km/h (37 MPH) unless a vehicle is detected  
ahead.  
Steering wheel mounted controls (right)  
ProPILOT switch  
Starting and driving 5-105  
PROPILOT SYSTEM DISPLAY AND INDICATORS  
WAF0084X  
1.  
Distance switch  
– Long  
– Middle  
– Short  
2.  
RES/+ switch  
Resumes set speed or increases speed  
incrementally.  
3.  
4.  
CANCEL switch  
Deactivates the ProPILOT system  
SET/- switch  
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces  
speed incrementally  
5.  
6.  
ProPILOT switch:  
Turns the ProPILOT system on or off  
Steering Assist switch:  
WAF0085X  
1.  
Lane marker indicator  
-
Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane de-  
parture is detected  
Turns the Steering Assist function on or  
Indicates whether the system detects  
off  
lane markers  
2.  
Set distance indicator  
-
-
-
No lane markers displayed: Steering Assist  
is turned off  
Displays the selected distance.  
Vehicle ahead detection indicator  
When the ICC is ON and active this  
indicates whether the system detects a  
vehicle in front of you.  
3.  
Lane marker indicator (gray): No lane  
markers detected  
Lane marker indicator (green): Lane mar-  
kers detected  
5-106 Starting and driving  
4.  
Steering Assist indicator  
-
9.  
Green numbers: ICC active.  
ProPILOT status indicator  
vehicle information display.  
Indicates the status of the Steering Assist  
2. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle to the  
function by the color of the indicator  
desired speed.  
Indicates the status of the ProPILOT  
system by the color of the indicator  
–
–
-
Gray: Steering Assist standby.  
Green: Steering Assist active.  
Yellow: Steering Assist malfunction.  
ProPILOT activation  
3. Push the SET/- switch  
. The ProPILOT  
-
-
White: ProPILOT is on but in standby.  
Blue: ProPILOT active  
system begins to automatically maintain  
the set speed. The ProPILOT activation  
indicator and ProPILOT status indicators  
illuminate (blue), ICC status indicator and  
set speed illuminate green.  
5.  
TURNING THE PROPILOT CONVEN-  
TIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL  
MODE ON  
Displays once the ProPILOT system is  
activated  
4. When a vehicle ahead is travelling at a  
speed of 30 km/h (20 MPH) or below and  
the SET/- switch is pushed, the set speed  
of your vehicle is 30 km/h (20 MPH).  
6.  
–
Steering Assist status indicator/warn-  
ing  
NOTE:  
Displays the status of the Steering Assist  
ProPILOT provides no approach warnings,  
automatic braking, or steering assist in the  
conventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
mode.  
To select the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode, push and hold the ProPILOT  
switch for longer than approximately 1.5 sec-  
onds. For additional information, refer to “Pro-  
PILOT Conventional (fixed speed) Cruise  
Control Mode” (P.5-123).  
by the color of the indicator/warning  
NOTE:  
No Steering Assist status indicator dis-  
played: Steering Assist is turned off.  
Gray: Steering Assist standby.  
Green: Steering Assist active.  
Yellow: Steering Assist malfunction.  
Speed control status indicator/warning  
Displays the status of speed control by  
the color and shape of the indicator/  
warning  
Turning the ProPILOT system on will turn on  
the Intelligent Lane Intervention system at  
the same time. For additional information,  
refer to “ProPILOT Intelligent Lane Interven-  
tion system” (P.5-129).  
-
-
-
7.  
When the SET/- switch  
is pushed under the  
following conditions, the ProPILOT system  
cannot be set and the set vehicle speed  
indicators blinks for approximately 2 seconds:  
OPERATING THE PROPILOT SYSTEM  
.
When travelling below 30 km/h (20 MPH)  
-
-
Gray: ICC standby.  
and the vehicle ahead is not detected  
Green (solid): ICC (distance control mode)  
is active (vehicle detected ahead). Your  
vehicle matches the speed of the vehicle  
ahead.  
Green (outline): ICC (maintain speed con-  
trol mode) is active (no vehicle detected  
ahead). Your vehicle maintains the driver-  
selected set speed.  
Solid yellow: ICC malfunction.  
Set vehicle speed indicator  
Indicates the set vehicle speed.  
Gray numbers: ICC standby.  
.
When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)  
position or Manual mode  
.
.
.
When the parking brake is applied  
When the brakes are operated by the driver  
-
When the ESP system is off. For additional  
information, refer to “Vehicle Dynamic Con-  
trol (VDC)/Electronic Stability Program  
(ESP) system” (P.5-34).  
-
8.  
.
.
When the ESP system (including the trac-  
WAF0086X  
tion control system) is operating  
When a wheel is slipping  
1. Push the ProPILOT switch . This turns on  
the ProPILOT system and displays the  
status of the ProPILOT system on the  
-
Starting and driving 5-107  
.
.
When any door is open  
When the driver’s seat belt is not fastened  
vehicle ahead. Failure to do so could result in  
severe personal injury or death.  
How to change the set vehicle speed  
The set vehicle speed can be adjusted.  
To change to a faster cruising speed:  
NOTE:  
When you accelerate by depressing the  
accelerator pedal or decelerate by pushing  
the SET/- switch  
and the vehicle travels  
.
Push and hold the RES/+ switch . The set  
vehicle speed increases by 10 km/h (5 MPH)  
increments.  
Push, then quickly release, the RES/+ switch  
. Each time you do this, the set speed  
increases by 1 km/h (1 MPH).  
faster than the speed set by the driver, the  
set speed vehicle indicator will blink.  
How to change the set distance to the  
vehicle ahead  
.
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be  
To change to a slower cruising speed:  
selected at any time.  
.
Push and hold the SET/- switch . The set  
vehicle speed decreases by 10 km/h (5  
MPH) increments.  
Push, then quickly release, the SET/- switch  
. Each time you do this, the set speed  
decreases by 1 km/h (1 MPH).  
Each time the DISTANCE switch  
is pushed,  
the set distance will change from long to  
middle, short and back to long again in that  
sequence.  
.
How to momentarily accelerate or  
decelerate  
.
Depress the accelerator pedal when accel-  
eration is required. Release the accelerator  
pedal to resume the previously set vehicle  
speed.  
.
Depress the brake pedal when deceleration  
is required. Control by the ProPILOT system  
is cancelled. Push the RES/+ switch  
resume the previously set vehicle speed.  
to  
WARNING:  
When the accelerator pedal is depressed and  
you are approaching the vehicle ahead, the  
ICC system will neither control the brake nor  
warn the driver with the chime and display.  
The driver must manually control the vehicle  
speed to maintain a safe distance to the  
5-108 Starting and driving  
Each time the ICC system is turned on using  
the blue ProPILOT switch  
setting reverts to "Long".  
, the distance  
Steering Assist Activation/Deactivation  
Use the following methods to enable or disable  
the Steering Assist.  
Steering Assist switch:  
To turn the Steering Assist ON or OFF, push the  
Steering Assist switch on the instrument panel.  
NOTE:  
.
When the Steering Assist switch is used  
to turn the system ON or OFF, the system  
remembers the setting between power  
cycles. The switch must be pushed again  
to change the setting to ON or OFF.  
The Steering Assist switch changes the  
status of the "Steering Assist" selection  
made in the "Settings" screen in the  
vehicle information display.  
.
Setting in the vehicle information display:  
1. Press the  
buttons on the steering  
wheel until the "Settings" menu is dis-  
played in the vehicle information display  
and press the OK button.  
JVS0966X  
2. Use the  
buttons on the steering wheel  
to highlight "Driver Assistance" and press  
the OK button.  
The distance to the vehicle ahead changes  
automatically according to the vehicle speed.  
As the vehicle speed increases so does the  
distance.  
3. Use the  
buttons on the steering wheel  
to highlight "Driving Aids" and press the OK  
button.  
4. With "Steering Assist" highlighted press the  
OK button to toggle the Steering Assist  
system status.  
If the tick mark is displayed, the system is  
ON.  
WAF0086X  
Starting and driving 5-109  
NOTE:  
.
In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode, a warning chime will not  
sound to warn you if you are too close to  
the vehicle ahead. Pay special attention  
to the distance between your vehicle and  
the vehicle ahead of you or a collision  
could occur.  
PROPILOT INTELLIGENT CRUISE CON-  
TROL (ICC) SYSTEM  
.
When the ProPILOT screen is displayed on  
the vehicle information display, press the  
OK button on the steering wheel to show  
the "Driving Aids" setting menu.  
When enabling/disabling the system  
through the vehicle information display  
or when pressing the Steering Assist  
switch, the system retains the current  
settings even if the system is restarted.  
WARNING:  
.
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the ICC system could  
result in serious injury or death.  
ProPILOT ICC system operation  
.
The ICC system is only an aid to assist the  
driver and is not a collision warning or  
avoidance device. It is for highway use  
only and it is not intended for congested  
areas or city driving. It is the driver’s  
responsibility to stay alert, drive safely,  
and be in control of the vehicle at all  
times.  
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is  
designed to maintain a selected distance and  
reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle  
ahead; the system will decelerate the vehicle as  
necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a  
stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill.  
However, the ICC system can only apply up to  
approximately 40% of the vehicle’s total brak-  
ing power. This system should only be used  
when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to  
remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds  
change gradually. If a vehicle moves into the  
travelling lane ahead or if a vehicle travelling  
ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance be-  
tween vehicles may become closer because  
the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle  
quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC system  
Cancelling the ProPILOT system  
To cancel the ProPILOT system, use one of the  
following methods:  
.
.
.
Press the CANCEL switch on the steering  
wheel.  
Tap or depress the brake pedal (except  
.
There are limitations to the ICC system  
capability. The ICC system does not func-  
tion in all driving, traffic, weather, and  
road conditions. It is the driver’s respon-  
sibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the  
vehicle in the travelling lane, and be in  
control of the vehicle at all times.  
when the vehicle is stationary).  
To turn the ProPILOT system off comple-  
tely, press the ProPILOT switch on the  
steering wheel, the ProPILOT indicator will  
turn OFF.  
When the ProPILOT system is switched offwhile  
the vehicle is stopped, the electronic parking  
brake is automatically activated.  
.
.
.
Always observe posted speed limits and  
do not set the speed over them.  
will sound  
a warning chime and blink the  
The ICC system does not react to sta-  
tionary or slow moving vehicles.  
WARNING:  
system display to notify the driver to take  
necessary action.  
When you leave the vehicle, make sure to  
push the ProPILOT switch to turn the system  
Always drive carefully and attentively  
when using the ICC system. Read and  
understand the Owner’s Manual thor-  
oughly before using the ICC system. To  
avoid serious injury or death, do not rely  
on the system to prevent accidents or to  
control the vehicle’s speed in emergency  
situations. Do not use the ICC system  
except in appropriate road and traffic  
conditions.  
The ICC system cancels and a warning chime  
sounds if the speed is below approximately 25  
km/h (15 MPH) and no vehicle is detected  
ahead.  
The ICC system operates as follows:  
.
OFF, place the shift lever in the  
position, and turn the engine OFF.  
P (Park)  
When there are no vehicles travelling  
ahead, the ICC system maintains the speed  
set by the driver. The set speed range is  
between approximately 30 and 170 km/h  
(20 and 105 MPH).  
5-110 Starting and driving  
.
.
When there is a vehicle travelling ahead, the  
ICC system adjusts the speed to maintain  
the distance, selected by the driver, from  
the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead  
comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates  
to a standstill. Once your vehicle stops, the  
ICC system keeps the vehicle stopped.  
NOTE:  
The ICC system does not control vehicle  
speed or warn you when you approach  
stationary and slow moving vehicles. You  
must pay attention to vehicle operation to  
maintain proper distance from vehicles  
ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic  
congestion.  
When driving on the motorway at a set speed  
and approaching a slower travelling vehicle  
ahead, the ICC system adjusts the speed to  
maintain the distance, selected by the driver,  
from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead  
changes lanes or exits the motorway, the ICC  
system accelerates and maintains the speed  
up to the set speed. Pay attention to the driving  
operation to maintain control of the vehicle as  
it accelerates to the set speed.  
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on  
winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will  
have to manually control the vehicle speed.  
Normally when controlling the distance to a  
vehicle ahead, the system automatically accel-  
erates or decelerates your vehicle according to  
the speed of the vehicle ahead.  
When your vehicle is at a standstill for more  
than  
3 seconds and the vehicle ahead  
begins to accelerate, push the RES/+ switch  
or lightly depress the accelerator pedal. The  
ICC system starts to follow the vehicle  
ahead. If your vehicle is stationary for more  
than approximately  
3 minutes, the ICC  
system will be switched off and the elec-  
tronic parking brake will be applied.  
.
.
When the vehicle travelling ahead moves to  
a different travelling lane, while the vehicle  
speed is above 30 km/h (20 MPH), the ICC  
system accelerates and maintains vehicle  
speed up to the set speed.  
When the vehicle travelling ahead moves to  
a different travelling lane, while the vehicle  
speed is below 30 km/h (20 MPH), the ICC  
system cancels and  
sounds.  
a
warning chime  
Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate  
your vehicle when acceleration is required for a  
lane change. Depress the brake pedal when  
deceleration is required to maintain  
a safe  
distance to the vehicle ahead due to sudden  
braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert  
when using the ICC system.  
SSD0254  
Starting and driving 5-111  
Vehicle ahead not detected:  
When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the  
ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle  
to resume the previously set vehicle speed. The  
ICC system then maintains the set speed.  
When  
a vehicle is no longer detected, the  
vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off  
and speed control status indicator (maintain  
speed control mode) illuminates (green outline  
).  
The ICC system gradually accelerates to the set  
speed, but you can depress the accelerator  
pedal to quickly accelerate. When a vehicle is no  
longer detected and your vehicle is travelling  
under approximately 25 km/h (15 MPH), the ICC  
system automatically cancels.  
When passing another vehicle, the set speed  
indicator flashes when you override ICC by  
pressing the accelerator and the vehicle speed  
exceeds the set speed. When the pedal is  
released, the vehicle returns to the previously  
set speed. Even though your vehicle speed is  
set in the ICC system, you can depress the  
accelerator pedal when it is necessary to  
accelerate your vehicle rapidly.  
WAF0124X  
1
2
System set display with vehicle ahead  
System set display without vehicle ahead  
the vehicle ahead detection indicator and the  
speed control status indicator (distance control  
mode) illuminates (solid green  
Vehicle ahead stops:  
).  
No vehicle detected ahead:  
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based  
on the road conditions. The ICC system main-  
tains the set vehicle speed, similar to standard  
cruise control, as long as no vehicle is detected  
in the lane ahead. The ICC system displays the  
set speed.  
When the vehicle ahead decelerates to stop,  
your vehicle decelerates to a standstill. Once  
your vehicle stops, the ICC system automati-  
cally applies the brakes to keep the vehicle  
stopped. When your vehicle is at a standstill, the  
"(RES/+) Press to start" message is displayed on  
the vehicle information display.  
Vehicle detected ahead:  
When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,  
the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by  
controlling the throttle and applying the brakes  
to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead.  
The ICC system then controls the vehicle speed  
based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to  
maintain the driver selected distance.  
NOTE:  
Approach warning:  
When your vehicle stops for less than  
3
seconds, your vehicle will automatically fol-  
low the vehicle ahead as it accelerates from a  
stop. If your vehicle is stationary for more  
than approximately 3 minutes, the ICC sys-  
tem will be switched off and the electronic  
parking brake will be applied.  
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle  
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle  
or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns  
the driver with the chime and ICC system  
display. Decelerate by depressing the brake  
pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:  
NOTE:  
.
The stop lights of the vehicle come on  
when braking is performed by the ICC  
system.  
Vehicle ahead accelerates:  
.
.
The chime sounds.  
When your vehicle is stopped and the vehicle  
ahead begins to accelerate, push the RES/+  
switch or lightly depress the accelerator pedal.  
The ICC system starts to follow the vehicle  
ahead.  
The vehicle ahead detection indicator and  
.
When the brake is applied by the system,  
set distance indicator blink.  
You judge it necessary to maintain a safe  
distance.  
a
noise may be heard. This is not a  
.
malfunction.  
The warning chime may not sound in some  
When the ICC system detects a vehicle ahead,  
cases when there is a short distance between  
5-112 Starting and driving  
vehicles. Some examples are:  
to help initiate passing on the left and will begin  
to reduce the distance to vehicle directly  
ahead. Only the left side turn signal operates  
this feature. As the driver steers the vehicle and  
moves into the passing lane, if no vehicle is  
detected ahead the ICC system will continue to  
accelerate to the ICC system set speed. If  
another vehicle is detected ahead, then the  
vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed  
of that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into  
the left lane to pass, the acceleration will stop  
after a short time and regain the set following  
distance. Acceleration can be stopped at any  
point by depressing the brake pedal or the  
CANCEL switch on the steering wheel.  
WARNING:  
.
.
.
When the vehicles are travelling at the  
same speed and the distance between  
vehicles is not changing.  
In order to reduce the risk of a collision that  
may result in serious injury or death, please  
be aware of the following:  
When the vehicle ahead is travelling faster  
and the distance between vehicles is in-  
creasing.  
.
This function is only activated with the  
left or right turn signal and will briefly  
When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.  
accelerate the vehicle even if  
a lane  
change is not initiated. This can include  
non-passing situations such as left or  
right side exits.  
The warning chime will not sound when:  
.
Your vehicle approaches other vehicles  
that are parked or moving slowly.  
.
Ensure that when passing another vehi-  
cle, the adjacent lane is clear before  
initiating the pass. Sudden changes in  
traffic may occur while passing always  
manually steer or brake as needed never  
solely rely on the system.  
.
The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-  
riding the system.  
NOTE:  
Driving in the right side  
The approach warning chime may sound and  
the system display may flash when the radar  
sensor detects objects on the side of the  
vehicle or on the side of the road. This may  
cause the ICC system to decelerate or accel-  
erate the vehicle. The radar sensor may  
detect these objects when the vehicle is  
driven on winding, narrow, or hilly roads or  
When the ICC system is engaged above 70  
km/h (43 MPH) and following a slower vehicle  
(below ICC set speed), and the turn signal is  
activated to the right, the ICC system will  
automatically start to accelerate the vehicle  
to help initiate passing on the right and will  
begin to reduce the distance to vehicle directly  
ahead. Only the right side turn signal operates  
this feature. As the driver steers the vehicle and  
moves into the passing lane, if no vehicle is  
detected ahead the ICC system will continue to  
accelerate to the ICC system set speed. If  
another vehicle is detected ahead, then the  
vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed  
of that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into  
the right lane to pass, the acceleration will stop  
after a short time and regain the set following  
distance. Acceleration can be stopped at any  
point by depressing the brake pedal or the  
CANCEL switch on the steering wheel.  
ICC system limitations  
WARNING:  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the ICC system. Failure to operate the vehicle  
in accordance with these system limitations  
could result in serious injury or death:  
when the vehicle is entering or exiting  
a
curve. In these cases, you will have to  
manually control the proper distance ahead  
of your vehicle.  
.
The ICC system is primarily intended for  
use on straight, dry, open roads with light  
traffic. It is not advisable to use the ICC  
system in city traffic or congested areas.  
The ICC system will not adapt automati-  
cally to road conditions. This system  
should be used in evenly flowing traffic.  
Do not use the system on roads with  
sharp curves or on icy roads, in heavy rain  
or in fog.  
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by  
vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or driv-  
ing position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle  
conditions (for example, if a vehicle is being  
driven with some damage).  
Acceleration when passing:  
Driving in the left side  
When the ICC system is engaged above 70  
km/h (43 MPH) and following a slower vehicle  
(below ICC set speed), and the turn signal is  
activated to the left, the ICC system will  
automatically start to accelerate the vehicle  
.
.
As there is a performance limit to the  
distance control function, never rely so-  
lely on the ICC system. This system does  
Starting and driving 5-113  
not correct careless, inattentive or absent  
minded driving or overcome poor visibi-  
lity in rain, fog, or other bad weather.  
Decelerate the vehicle speed by depres-  
sing the brake pedal, depending on the  
distance to the vehicle ahead and the  
surrounding circumstances in order to  
maintain a safe distance between vehi-  
cles.  
When the ICC system automatically  
brings the car to a stop, your vehicle can  
automatically accelerate if the vehicle is  
stopped for less than approximately 3  
seconds and a vehicle ahead is detected  
moving away. Be prepared to stop your  
vehicle if necessary.  
Always pay attention to the operation of  
the vehicle and be ready to manually  
control the proper following distance.  
The ICC system may not be able to  
maintain the selected distance between  
vehicles (following distance) or selected  
vehicle speed under some circumstances.  
The system may not detect the vehicle in  
front of you in certain road or weather  
conditions. To avoid accidents, never use  
the ICC system under the following con-  
ditions:  
— On steep downhill roads (the vehicle  
may go beyond the set vehicle speed  
and frequent braking may result in  
overheating the brakes)  
.
.
.
Driving on a bumpy road surface, such as  
an uneven dirt road.  
If dirt, ice, snow or other material is cover-  
ing the radar sensor area.  
A complicated-shaped vehicle such as a car  
carrier trailer or flatbed truck/trailer is near  
the vehicle ahead.  
— On repeated uphill and downhill roads  
— When traffic conditions make it diffi-  
cult to keep a proper distance be-  
tween vehicles because of frequent  
acceleration or deceleration  
.
.
.
Interference by other radar sources.  
When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.  
When excessively heavy baggage is loaded  
in the rear seat or cargo area of your  
vehicle.  
.
.
.
— Interference by other radar sources.  
.
.
Do not use the ICC system if you are  
towing a trailer or another vehicle.  
The ICC system is designed to automatically  
check the radar sensor’s operation within the  
limitations of the system.  
In some road or traffic conditions,  
a
vehicle or object can unexpectedly come  
into the sensor detection zone and cause  
automatic braking. Always stay alert and  
avoid using the ICC system where not  
recommended in this warning section.  
The detection zone of the radar sensor is  
limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detec-  
tion zone for the ICC system to maintain the  
selected distance from the vehicle ahead. A  
vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec-  
tion zone due to its position within the same  
lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected  
in the same lane ahead if they are travelling  
offset from the center line of the lane. A vehicle  
that is entering the lane ahead may not be  
detected until the vehicle has completely  
moved into the lane.  
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by  
blinking the system indicator and sounding the  
chime. The driver may have to manually control  
the proper distance away from the vehicle  
travelling ahead.  
The ICC system will not detect the following  
objects:  
.
.
.
.
Stationary or slow moving vehicles  
Pedestrians or objects in the roadway  
Oncoming vehicles in the same lane  
Motorcycles travelling offset in the travel  
lane  
The following are some conditions in which the  
radar sensor cannot properly detect a vehicle  
ahead and the system may not operate prop-  
erly:  
— On roads with heavy, high-speed traf-  
fic or sharp curves  
— On slippery road surfaces such as on  
ice or snow, etc.  
.
When the sensor detection is reduced  
(conditions such as rain, snow, fog, dust  
storms, sandstorms, and road spray from  
other vehicles).  
The ICC system (with ProPILOT) uses a multi-  
sensing front camera. The following are some  
conditions in which the camera may not  
properly detect a vehicle and detection of a  
vehicle ahead may be delayed:  
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,  
etc.)  
— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the  
bumper around the distance sensor  
.
Driving on a steep downhill slope or roads  
with sharp curves.  
5-114 Starting and driving  
.
.
.
.
.
Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,  
snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and  
road spray from other vehicles).  
The camera area of the windshield is  
fogged up or covered with dirt, water  
drops, ice, snow, etc.  
Strong light (for example, sunlight or high  
beams from oncoming vehicles) enters the  
front camera.  
Strong light causes the area around the  
pedestrian to be cast in a shadow, making  
it difficult to see.  
A sudden change in brightness occurs (for  
example, when the vehicle enters or exits a  
tunnel or shaded area or lightning flashes).  
Starting and driving 5-115  
.
.
.
Any door is open  
The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.  
The vehicle ahead is not detected and your  
vehicle is travelling below the speed of 25  
km/h (15 MPH).  
.
.
Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICC  
system for approximately  
3 minutes or  
longer.  
When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or  
Manual mode.  
.
.
.
The electronic parking brake is applied.  
The ESP system is turned off.  
SSD0252  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking applies  
harder braking  
.
ESP (including the traction control system)  
operates.  
.
.
A wheel slips.  
When distance measurement becomes im-  
paired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruc-  
tion to the sensor.  
.
When the radar signal is temporarily inter-  
rupted.  
Action to take:  
SSD0253  
When the conditions listed above are no longer  
present, turn the system off using the ProPILOT  
switch. Turn the ProPILOT system back on to  
use the system.  
When driving on some roads, such as winding,  
hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are  
under construction, the radar sensor may  
vehicle travelling ahead.  
Automatic cancellation  
detect vehicles in  
a different lane, or may  
The following are conditions in which the ICC  
system may be temporarily unavailable. In  
these instances, the ICC system may not cancel  
and may not be able to maintain the selected  
following distance from the vehicle ahead.  
NOTE:  
temporarily not detect  
a vehicle travelling  
ahead. This may cause the radar system to  
When the ICC system is cancelled under the  
following conditions at a standstill, the elec-  
tronic parking brake is automatically acti-  
vated:  
decelerate or accelerate the vehicle.  
The detection of vehicles may also be affected  
by vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or  
travelling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle  
condition.  
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by  
blinking the system indicator and sounding the  
chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually  
control the proper distance away from the  
Condition A:  
.
.
.
Any door is opened.  
Under the following conditions, the ICC system  
is automatically cancelled. A chime will sound  
and the system will not be able to be set:  
The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.  
Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICC  
system for approximately  
longer.  
3 minutes or  
5-116 Starting and driving  
.
When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or  
Manual mode.  
Action to take:  
The camera sensor is located above the inside  
mirror.  
To keep the proper operation of the systems  
and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to  
observe the following:  
When the above driving conditions no longer  
.
.
The ESP system is turned off.  
exist, turn the system back on.  
When distance measurement becomes im-  
paired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruc-  
tion to the sensor.  
ICC system malfunction  
If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be turned  
off automatically, a chime will sound, and the  
speed control status warning (yellow) will  
illuminate.  
.
.
Always keep the windshield clean.  
.
When the radar signal is temporarily inter-  
Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-  
ent material) or install an accessory near  
the camera unit.  
rupted.  
Condition B:  
Action to take:  
The Radar sensor is positioned behind the  
NISSAN emblem in the front grille. When this  
area is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the  
ICC system will automatically be cancelled.  
The chime will sound and the "Unavailable:  
Front Radar Obstruction" warning message will  
appear in the vehicle information display.  
.
.
Do not place reflective materials, such as  
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument  
panel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-  
versely affect the camera unit’s capability  
of detecting the lane markers.  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the camera unit. Do not touch the camera  
lens or remove the screw located on the  
camera unit.  
If the warning light comes on, stop the vehicle  
in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the  
engine and set the ICC system again. If it is not  
possible to set the ICC system or the indicator  
stays on, it may be a malfunction. Although the  
normal driving can be continued, the ICC  
system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
Action to take:  
ICC sensor maintenance  
If the warning message appears, stop the  
vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in  
the P (Park) position, and turn the engine off.  
When the radar signal is temporarily inter-  
rupted, clean the sensor area of the NISSAN  
emblem in the front grille and restart the  
engine. Note that the system will require some  
time to detect that the area is now clean and to  
reset itself. If the "Unavailable: Front Radar  
Obstruction" warning message continues to  
be displayed, have the system checked by a  
NISSAN dealer.  
If the camera unit is damaged due to an  
The radar sensor is located on the front of the  
accident, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
vehicle.  
PROPILOT STEERING ASSIST  
To keep the ICC system operating properly, be  
sure to observe the following:  
WARNING:  
.
.
Always keep the sensor area clean.  
Failure tofollow the warningsandinstructions  
for proper use of the Steering Assist could  
result in serious injury or death.  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the sensor  
.
Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-  
ent material) or install an accessory near  
the sensor. This could cause failure or  
malfunction.  
.
The Steering Assist is not a replacement  
for proper driving procedures and is not  
designed to correct careless, inattentive  
or absentminded driving. The Steering  
Assist will not always steer the vehicle to  
keep it in the lane. It is not designed to  
prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s  
responsibility to stay alert, drive safely,  
keep the vehicle in the travelling lane,  
and be in control of the vehicle at all  
times.  
Condition C:  
.
.
Do not attach metallic objects near the  
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could  
cause failure or malfunction.  
When driving on roads with limited road  
structures or buildings (for example, long  
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to  
long walls), the system may illuminate the  
system warning light and display the "Unavail-  
able: Front Radar Obstruction" message.  
Do not alter, remove, or paint the front  
bumper.  
Before customizing or restoring the front  
bumper, it is recommended that you visit a  
NISSAN dealer.  
Starting and driving 5-117  
.
.
As there is a performance limit to the  
Steering Assist’s capability, never rely  
solely on the system. The Steering Assist  
does not function in all driving, traffic,  
weather, and road conditions. Always  
drive safely, pay attention to the opera-  
tion of the vehicle, and manually control  
your vehicle appropriately.  
The Steering Assist is intended for use on  
welldeveloped motorways or highways  
with gentle (moderate) curves, where  
traffic travelling in opposing directions  
is separated with a barrier. To avoid risk  
of an accident, do not use this system on  
local or non-highway roads.  
The Steering Assist only steers the vehi-  
cle to maintain its position in the center  
of a lane. The vehicle will not steer to  
avoid objects in the road in front of the  
vehicle or to avoid a vehicle moving into  
your lane.  
It is the driver’s responsibility to stay  
alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the  
travelling lane, and be in control of the  
vehicle at all times. Never take your  
hands off the steering wheel when driv-  
ing. Always keep your hands on the  
steering wheel and drive your vehicle  
safely.  
ProPILOT Steering Assist operation  
The Steering Assist controls the steering sys-  
tem to help keep your vehicle near the center  
of the lane when driving. The Steering Assist is  
combined with the Intelligent Cruise Control  
(ICC) system. For additional information, refer  
to “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (vehicles with  
ProPILOT)” (P.5-104).  
The Steering Assist can be activated when the  
following conditions are met:  
.
.
.
The ICC system is activated and the speed  
set.  
Lane markers on both sides are clearly  
detected.  
A
vehicle ahead is detected (when the  
.
.
vehicle is driven at speeds under 60 km/h  
(37 MPH)).  
.
.
The driver grips the steering wheel.  
The vehicle is driven at the center of the  
lane.  
.
.
The turn signals are not operated.  
The windshield wiper is not operated in the  
high (HI) speed operation (the steering  
assist function is disabled after the wiper  
operates for approximately 10 seconds).  
.
Always drive carefully and attentively  
when using the Steering Assist. Read  
and understand the Owner’s Manual  
thoroughly before using the Steering  
Assist. To avoid serious injury or death,  
do not rely on the system to prevent  
accidents or to control the vehicle’s  
speed in emergency situations. Do not  
use the Steering Assist except in appro-  
priate road and traffic conditions.  
5-118 Starting and driving  
ProPILOT Steering Assist switches  
ProPILOT Steering Assist display and  
indicators  
WAF0128X  
1. Steering Assist status indicator/warning  
Displays the status of the Steering Assist by  
the color of the indicator/warning  
.
Gray: Steering Assist standby  
Green: Steering Assist active  
Yellow: Steering Assist malfunction  
.
.
2. Steering Assist status indicator  
Indicates the status of the Steering Assist  
by the color of the indicator  
.
Gray: Steering Assist standby  
Green: Steering Assist active  
.
WAF0092X  
3. Lane marker indicator  
Steering wheel mounted controls (left)  
Vehicle information display  
Steering Assist switch  
setting to ON or OFF.  
Indicates whether the system detects the  
lane marker  
The Steering Assist switch changes the status  
of the "Steering Assist" selection made in the  
"Settings" screen in the vehicle information  
.
Gray: Lane markers not detected  
Green: Lane markers detected  
Yellow: Lane departure is detected  
.
To turn the Steering Assist ON or OFF, push the  
display  
.
.
Steering Assist switch  
on the instrument  
panel.  
When the Steering Assist is in operation, the  
Steering Assist status indicator , the Steering  
Assist indicator , and the lane marker indi-  
When the Steering Assist switch is used to turn  
the system ON or OFF, the system remembers  
the setting when the engine is restarted. The  
switch must be pushed again to change the  
cator  
on the vehicle information display turn  
green.  
Starting and driving 5-119  
When the Steering Assist deactivates, the  
Steering Assist status indicator , the Steering  
Assist indicator , and the lane marker indi-  
If the steering wheel is not operated or the  
driver takes his/her hands off the steering  
wheel for a period of time, the warning  
appears in the vehicle information display.  
If the driver does not operate the steering  
wheel after the warning has been displayed, an  
audible alert sounds and the warning flashes in  
the vehicle information display, followed by a  
quick brake application to request the driver to  
take control of the vehicle again.  
If the driver still does not respond, the ProPILOT  
turns on the hazard flasher and slows the  
vehicle to a complete stop.  
The driver can cancel the deceleration at any  
time by steering, braking, accelerating, or  
operating the ProPILOT switch.  
Steering Assist Activation/Deactivation  
Use the following methods to enable or disable  
the Steering Assist.  
ProPILOT switch on steering wheel:  
cator  
on the vehicle information display turn  
gray. If Steering Assist has been deactivated  
automatically as the conditions for activation  
are no longer met, a double chime will sound.  
Press the ProPILOT switch. This will turn ICC  
and Steering Assist on in standby mode and  
Steering Assist icons will appear in gray. Note  
that Steering Assist may already be switched  
on, depending on the settings in the Settings  
menu. These settings are retained if the engine  
is restarted.  
Then press "set/-" on the right-hand steering  
wheel switch to set cruise control speed. When  
the system detects clear lane markings the  
Steering Assist icons will turn green and the  
Steering Assist system will become active.  
ProPILOT Intelligent Lane Intervention  
When a curve or strong cross wind exceeds the  
capabilities of the Steering Assist and your  
vehicle approaches either the left or the right  
side of the travelling lane, a warning chime  
sounds and the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
indicator light (yellow) on the instrument panel  
flashes to alert the driver. Then, the Intelligent  
Lane Intervention system automatically applies  
the brakes for a short period of time to help  
assist the driver to avoid departing the lane  
and to return the vehicle to the center of the  
travelling lane. This action is in addition to any  
Steering Assist actions. For additional informa-  
tion, refer to “ProPILOT Intelligent Lane Inter-  
vention system” (P.5-129).  
Steering Assist switch:  
WARNING:  
To turn the Steering Assist ON or OFF, push the  
Steering Assist is not a system for hands-free  
driving. Always keep your hands on the  
steering wheel and drive your vehicle safely.  
Steering Assist switch on the instrument panel.  
NOTE:  
Failure to do so could cause  
a collision  
.
When the Steering Assist switch is used  
to turn the system ON or OFF, the system  
remembers the setting when the engine  
is restarted. The switch must be pushed  
again to change the setting to ON or OFF.  
The Steering Assist switch changes the  
status of the "Steering Assist" selection  
made in the "Settings" screen in the  
vehicle information display.  
resulting in serious personal injury or death.  
Hands on detection  
NOTE:  
If the driver softly touches (instead of firmly  
grips) the steering wheel, the Steering Assist  
may not detect the steering wheel operation  
and the warning may be displayed. When the  
driver holds and operates the steering wheel  
again, the warning turns off and the Steering  
Assist resumes automatically.  
.
Setting in the vehicle information display:  
1. Press the  
buttons on the steering  
wheel until the "Settings" menu is dis-  
played in the vehicle information display.  
2. Use the  
buttons on the steering wheel  
to highlight "Driver Assistance" and press  
the OK button.  
WAF0129X  
When the Steering Assist is activated, it moni-  
tors the driver’s steering wheel operation.  
5-120 Starting and driving  
3. Use the  
buttons on the steering wheel  
— When driving on roads with a widen-  
ing or narrowing lane width  
— When a sudden change in brightness  
occurs (for example, when the vehicle  
enters or exits a tunnel or is under a  
bridge)  
to highlight "Driving Aids" and press the OK  
button.  
— When driving on roads where there  
are multiple lanes or unclear lane  
markers due to road construction  
4. With "Steering Assist" highlighted press the  
OK button to toggle the Steering Assist  
system status.  
— When driving on roads where the  
travelling lane merges or separates  
or where there are temporary lane  
markers because of road construc-  
tion  
— When driving on roads where there  
are sharply contrasting objects, such  
as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts,  
seams, or lines remaining after road  
repairs (the Steering Assist could  
detect these items as lane markers)  
A tick mark indicates that Steering Assist is  
selected.  
NOTE:  
— When there is a lane closure due to  
road repairs  
.
When the Steering Assist screen is dis-  
played on the vehicle information display,  
press the OK button on the steering  
wheel to show the "Driving Aids" setting  
menu.  
When enabling/disabling the system  
through the vehicle information display  
or when pressing the Steering Assist  
switch, the system retains the current  
settings even if the engine is restarted.  
— When driving on roads where the  
travelling lane merges or separates  
— When driving on a bumpy road sur-  
face, such as an uneven dirt road  
— Where the lanes are too narrow or too  
wide  
— When driving on sharp curves or  
winding roads  
.
.
Do not use the Steering Assist under the  
following conditions because the system  
may not properly detect lane markers.  
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle  
control and result in an accident.  
— When driving on repeated uphill and  
downhill roads  
.
Do not use the Steering Assist under the  
following conditions because the system  
will not operate properly:  
— When driving with a tyre that is not  
within normal tyre conditions (for  
example, tyre wear, abnormal tyre  
pressure, installation of a spare tyre,  
tyre chains, nonstandard wheels)  
Steering Assist limitations  
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,  
WARNING:  
dust, etc.)  
.
In the following situations, the camera  
may not detect lane markers correctly or  
may detect lane markers incorrectly and  
the Steering Assist may not operate  
properly:  
— When rain, snow, sand, etc., is thrown  
up by the wheels of other vehicles  
— When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or  
another object adheres to the cam-  
era unit  
— When the vehicle is equipped with  
non-original brake or suspension  
parts  
— When driving on roads where there  
are multiple parallel lane markers,  
lane markers that are faded or not  
painted clearly, nonstandard lane  
markers, or lane markers covered  
with water, dirt, snow, etc.  
— When the glass in front of the camera  
is foggy  
— When an object such as a sticker or  
cargo obstructs the camera  
— When strong light (for example, sun-  
light or high beams from oncoming  
vehicles) shines on the camera  
— When excessively heavy baggage is  
loaded in the rear seat or luggage  
area of your vehicle  
— When driving on roads with discon-  
tinued lane markers  
— When the headlights are not bright  
due to dirt on the lens or the head-  
lights are off in tunnels or darkness  
— When the vehicle load capacity is  
exceeded  
Starting and driving 5-121  
— When towing a trailer or other vehicle  
.
When a vehicle ahead is no longer detected  
under approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH).  
Steering Assist malfunction  
.
.
Excessive noise will interfere with the  
warning chime sound, and the beep  
may not be heard.  
When the system malfunctions, it turns off  
automatically. The Steering Assist status warn-  
ing illuminates (yellow). A chime may sound  
depending on the situation.  
Steering Assist cancel  
Under the following conditions, the Steering  
Assist cancels a warning message is displayed,  
a doublechime sounds, and the Steering Assist  
indicators turn off:  
For the ProPILOT system to operate  
properly, the windshield in front of the  
camera must be clean. Replace worn  
wiper blades. The correct size wiper  
blades must be used to help make sure  
the windshield is kept clean. Only use  
Genuine NISSAN wiper blades, or equiva-  
lent wiper blades, that are specifically  
designed for use on your vehicle model  
and model year. It is recommended that  
you visit a NISSAN dealer for the correct  
parts for your vehicle.  
Action to take:  
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the  
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the engine  
off, restart the engine, resume driving, ensure  
that the Steering Assist is switched on using  
the Steering Assist switch on the instrument  
panel or the settings menu and set the  
Intelligent Cruise Control system again. If the  
warning (yellow) continues to illuminate, the  
Steering Assist may be malfunctioning.  
Although the vehicle is still drivable under  
normal conditions, have the system checked  
by a NISSAN dealer.  
.
When unusual lane markers appear in the  
travelling lane or when the lane marker  
cannot be correctly detected for some time  
due to certain conditions (for example, a  
snow rut, the reflection of light on a rainy  
day, the presence of several unclear lane  
markers).  
When the windshield wiper operates in the  
high (HI) speed operation (the Steering  
Assist is disabled when the wiper operates  
for more than approximately 10 seconds).  
.
Steering Assist temporary standby  
Automatic standby due to driving operation:  
When the driver activates the turn signal, the  
Action to take:  
Steering Assist maintenance  
When the conditions listed above are no longer  
present, turn the Steering Assist system on  
again using the Steering Assist switch on the  
instrument panel.  
The camera sensor is located above the inside  
Steering Assist is temporarily placed in  
a
mirror.  
standby mode. (The Steering Assist restarts  
automatically when the operating conditions  
are met again.)  
To keep the proper operation of the system  
and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to  
observe the following:  
Automatic standby:  
.
.
Always keep the windshield clean.  
In the following cases, a double chime sounds,  
and the Steering Assist is placed in a temporary  
standby mode. (The Steering Assist restarts  
automatically when the operating conditions  
are met again.)  
Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-  
ent material) or install an accessory near  
the camera unit.  
.
.
Do not place reflective materials, such as  
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument  
panel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-  
versely affect the camera unit’s capability  
of detecting the lane markers.  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the camera unit. Do not touch the camera  
lens or remove the screw located on the  
camera unit.  
.
.
.
When the current travelling lane is too  
narrow to operate.  
When a corner is too tight and the vehicle  
cannot stay in the travelling lane.  
When lane markers on both sides are no  
WAF0095X  
longer detected.  
If the camera unit is damaged due to an  
5-122 Starting and driving  
accident, it is recommended that you visit a  
NISSAN dealer.  
— In very windy areas  
ProPILOT Conventional (fixed speed)  
cruise control mode display and indi-  
cators  
.
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle  
control and result in an accident.  
PROPILOT CONVENTIONAL (fixed  
speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE  
NOTE:  
ProPILOT provides no approach warnings,  
automatic braking, or steering assist in the  
conventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
mode.  
ProPILOT Conventional (fixed speed)  
cruise control switches  
This mode allows driving at a speed between  
30 to 170 km/h (20 to 105 MPH) without  
keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.  
WAF0131X  
WARNING:  
The display is located in the vehicle information  
display.  
1. Cruise indicator:  
.
In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode, a warning chime does not  
sound to warn you if you are too close to  
the vehicle ahead, as neither the pre-  
sence of the vehicle ahead nor the  
vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.  
Pay special attention to the distance  
between your vehicle and the vehicle  
ahead of you or a collision could occur.  
WAF0096X  
1)  
RES/+ switch:  
This indicator indicates the condition of the  
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
mode of the ICC system depending on a  
color.  
Resumes set speed or increases speed  
incrementally.  
CANCEL switch:  
.
2)  
3)  
4)  
.
Deactivates the system without erasing  
Cruise control ON indicator (gray): Indi-  
the set speed.  
SET/- switch:  
cates that the ICC ON/OFF switch is on.  
.
.
Always confirm the setting in the ICC  
.
Cruise control SET indicator (green): In-  
system display.  
dicates that the cruising speed is set.  
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces  
Do not use the conventional (fixed speed)  
cruise control mode when driving under  
the following conditions:  
.
Cruise control warning (yellow): Indicates  
speed incrementally.  
ProPILOT switch:  
that there is a malfunction in the Con-  
ventional (fixed speed) cruise control  
mode of the ICC system.  
Master switch to activate the system.  
— When it is not possible to keep the  
vehicle at a set speed  
2. Set vehicle speed indicator:  
— In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies  
in speed  
This indicator indicates the set vehicle  
speed.  
.
Gray: cruise control standby  
— On winding or hilly roads  
.
Green: cruise control active  
— On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)  
Starting and driving 5-123  
.
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed  
when going up or down steep hills. If this  
happens, manually maintain vehicle speed.  
Operating ProPILOT conventional (fixed  
speed) cruise control mode  
PROPILOT SPEED LIMITER (if equipped)  
The speed limiter allows you to set the desired  
vehicle speed limit. While the speed limiter is  
activated, you can perform normal braking and  
acceleration, but the vehicle will not exceed the  
set speed.  
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise  
control mode, push and hold the blue ProPILOT  
switch for longer than about 1.5 seconds.  
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the  
following methods:  
.
.
.
Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle set  
speed indicator will turn gray.  
When pushing the blue ProPILOT switch on, the  
conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode  
display and indicators are displayed in the  
vehicle information display. After you hold  
ProPILOT switch on for longer than about 1.5  
seconds, the ProPILOT system display turns off.  
The cruise indicator appears. You can now set  
your desired cruising speed. Pushing the Pro-  
PILOT switch again will turn the system com-  
pletely off. When the ignition switch is placed in  
the OFF position, the system is also automati-  
cally turned off.  
To use the ICC system again, quickly push and  
release the ProPILOT switch (vehicle-to-vehicle  
distance control mode) or push and hold it  
(conventional cruise control mode) again to  
turn it on.  
When the vehicle reaches the set speed limit or  
if the set speed limit is lower than the actual  
vehicle speed, the accelerator pedal will not  
work until the vehicle speed drops below the  
set speed limit.  
When the actual vehicle speed exceeds the set  
speed, an audible warning will be heard a short  
time after the set speed is exceeded and driver  
intervention is not detected.  
Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle set speed  
indicator will turn gray.  
You can also Turn ProPILOT off completely.  
Turn the blue ProPILOT switch off. Both the  
cruise indicator and vehicle set speed  
indicator will turn off.  
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of  
the following three methods:  
.
.
.
Depress the accelerator pedal. When the  
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and  
release the SET/- switch.  
Push and hold the SET/— switch. When the  
vehicle attains the desired speed, release  
the switch.  
Push, then quickly release the SET/—  
switch. Each time you do this, the set speed  
will increase by about 1 km/h (1 MPH).  
When the speed limiter is on the cruise control  
system cannot be operated.  
WARNING:  
.
.
.
The speed limiter will not automatically  
brake the vehicle to the set speed limit.  
Always observe posted speed limits. Do  
CAUTION:  
not set the speed above them.  
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of  
Always confirm the setting status of the  
speed limiter in the vehicle information  
display.  
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-  
trol, make sure to turn the ProPILOT switch  
off when not using the cruise control system.  
the following three methods:  
.
.
.
Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the  
vehicle attains the desired speed, push the  
SET/- switch and release it.  
Push and hold the SET/- switch. Release  
the switch when the vehicle slows down to  
the desired speed.  
Push, then quickly release the SET/- switch.  
Each time you do this, the set speed will  
decrease by about 1 km/h (1 MPH).  
.
.
When the speed limiter is set, avoid hard  
acceleration to reach the set limit to  
ensure that the system can limit the  
speed of the vehicle correctly.  
When additional floor mats are used, be  
sure that they are correctly secured and  
that they cannot interfere with the accel-  
erator pedal. Mats not adapted to the  
vehicle may prevent proper operation of  
the speed limiter.  
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle  
to the desired speed, push the SET/- switch  
and release it. (The color of the cruise indicator  
changes to green and set vehicle speed  
indicator comes on.) Take your foot off the  
accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the  
set speed.  
.
To pass another vehicle, depress the accel-  
erator pedal. When you release the pedal,  
the vehicle will return to the previously set  
speed.  
To resume the preset speed after ICC cancel,  
push and release the SET/— switch. The vehicle  
will resume the last set cruising speed when  
the vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (20 MPH).  
The speed limiter operation switches are lo-  
5-124 Starting and driving  
cated on the steering wheel (right hand side).  
possible set speed of 30 km/h (20 MPH).  
The speed limiter operating condition is shown  
on the top of vehicle information display. For  
details, see “Vehicle information display” (P.2-  
22).  
When the speed limit is set, the speed limiter  
symbol  
green.  
and the set speed value  
will turn  
Changing a speed limit:  
Use either of the following operations to  
ProPILOT Speed limiter operations  
change an active speed limit:  
.
.
Push and release the RES/+ (Resume)  
switch  
upwards or SET/- switch  
downwards. Each time Each time you do  
this, the set speed will increase or decrease  
by 1 km/h (1 MPH).  
WAF0099X  
After setting speed  
Speed limiter symbol  
Set speed value  
Push and hold the RES/+ (Resume) switch  
upwards or SET/- switch  
downwards.  
The set speed will increase or decrease to  
the next multiple of 5 km/h (5 MPH) and  
then in steps of 5 km/h (5 MPH).  
Turning the speed limiter on:  
The speed limiter can be switched on after  
engine start or when driving.  
The new set speed limit value  
will be  
WAF0097X  
Push the speed limiter main ON/OFF switch  
.
displayed in the vehicle information display.  
CANCEL switch  
RES/+ (Resume) switch  
SET/- (Set) switch  
Speed limiter main “ON/OFF” switch  
Cruise control main “ON/OFF” switch  
A Popup will appear in the vehicle information  
display showing that the Speed Limiter has  
been turned on and whether or not Intelligent  
Lane Intervention has been turned on. The  
Limit symbol will appear and the set speed will  
display ---.  
When the actual vehicle speed exceeds the set  
speed, an audible warning will be heard a short  
time after the set speed is exceeded and driver  
intervention is not detected.  
Cancelling a speed limit:  
To cancel a set speed limit, push the CANCEL  
NOTE:  
switch . The speed limiter symbol  
and the  
set speed value  
in the vehicle information  
For models with ProPILOT: Turning the Speed  
limiter system on will turn on the Intelligent  
Lane Intervention system at the same time.  
For additional information, see “ProPILOT  
Intelligent Lane Intervention” later in this  
section.  
display will turn gray.  
It is also possible to override the speed limiter  
by fully depressing the accelerator pedal be-  
yond the resistance point.  
Setting speed limit:  
WARNING:  
Push the SET/- switch  
The speed limit will be set at the current speed.  
(downwards).  
.
The vehicle may accelerate when the  
speed limiter cancels.  
WAF0098X  
When driving less than 30 km/h (20 MPH), the  
Before setting speed  
speed limiter will be set to the minimum  
Starting and driving 5-125  
.
When additional floor mats are used, be  
sure that they are correctly secured and  
that they cannot interfere with the accel-  
erator pedal. Mats not adapted to the  
vehicle may prevent proper operation of  
the speed limiter.  
.
.
Push the cruise control main “ON/OFF”  
switch . The speed limiter information in  
the vehicle information will be replaced  
with the ProPILOT display. For details see  
“ProPILOT” (P.5-104).  
When the vehicle is stopped and the igni-  
tion is placed in the OFF position.  
Fully depress the accelerator pedal beyond the  
resistance point. The speed limiter will be  
suspended to allow driving above the set  
Turning off the speed limiter will erase the  
set speed limit memory.  
Speed limiter malfunction:  
speed. The set speed value  
will flash and an  
audible warning will sound. The speed limiter  
will automatically resume when the vehicle  
speed drops below the set speed limit.  
If the speed limiter malfunctions, the speed  
JVS0939X  
limiter symbol  
in the vehicle information  
display will flash.  
WARNING:  
Resuming a previous set speed:  
Turn the speed limiter off by pushing the speed  
If a set speed limit has been cancelled, the set  
speed will be stored in the speed limiter  
memory.  
limiter main “ON/OFF” switch  
and have the  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the LDW system. Failure to operate the  
vehicle in accordance with these system  
limitations could result in serious injury or  
death.  
system checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
PROPILOT LANE DEPARTURE WARNING  
(LDW) SYSTEM  
This speed limit can be reactivated by pressing  
the RES/+ (Resume) switch  
upwards.  
The LDW system will operate when the vehicle  
is driven at the following speeds and above,  
and only when the lane markings are clearly  
visible on the road:  
If the current vehicle speed is higher than the  
.
The LDW system is only a warning device  
to help inform the driver of a potential  
unintended lane departure. It will not  
steer the vehicle or prevent loss of con-  
trol. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay  
alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the  
travelling lane, and be in control of the  
vehicle at all times.  
previous set speed, the accelerator pedal will  
not work and the set speed value  
will flash  
until the vehicle speed drops below the set  
speed limit.  
.
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)  
The LDW system monitors the lane markers on  
the travelling lane using the camera unit  
located above the inside mirror.  
When the actual vehicle speed exceeds the set  
speed, an audible warning will be heard a short  
time after the set speed is exceeded and driver  
intervention is not detected.  
The LDW system warns the driver with a LDW  
indicator on the vehicle information display  
and chime that the vehicle is beginning to leave  
the driving lane.  
Turning the speed limiter off:  
The speed limiter system will be turned off  
when one of the following operations is per-  
formed:  
.
Push the speed limiter main ON/OFF switch  
The speed limiter symbol and the set  
speed value in the vehicle information  
display will be turned off.  
5-126 Starting and driving  
after starting the engine. Push the LDW switch  
again to turn off the LDW system. When the  
LDW system is switched on, the yellow light on  
the switch will illuminate.  
.
Do not use the LDW system under the  
following conditions as it may not func-  
tion properly:  
ProPILOT LDW system operation  
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,  
Turning the LDW system on or off:  
etc.).  
You can turn the LDW system on and off using  
the "Settings" menu in the vehicle information  
display.  
— When driving on slippery roads, such  
as on ice or snow.  
— When driving on winding or uneven  
roads.  
For details, see “Vehicle information display”  
(P.2-22).  
— When there is a lane closure due to  
road repairs.  
1. In the "Settings" menu, select the "Driver  
Assistance" key.  
2. Then select "Driving Aids".  
WAF0101X  
— When driving in a makeshift or tem-  
porary lane.  
LDW switch (RHD)  
3. Select the "Lane" submenu by pressing  
— When driving on roads where the lane  
width is too narrow.  
"OK".  
4. A tick mark next to "Warning" indicates that  
the system is turned on.  
— When driving without normal tire  
conditions (for example, tire wear,  
low tire pressure, installation of spare  
tire, tire chains, non-standard  
wheels).  
NOTE:  
If you turn the LDW system off using the  
"Settings" menu, the system will remain  
turned off the next time you start the  
vehicle’s engine.  
— When the vehicle is equipped with  
non-original brake parts or suspen-  
sion parts.  
WARNING:  
WAF0102X  
— When you are towing a trailer or other  
vehicle.  
LDW switch (LHD)  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the Lane Departure Warning system. Failure  
to operate the vehicle in accordance with  
these system limitations could result in  
serious injury or death.  
The LDW system provides a lane departure  
warning function when the vehicle is driven at  
speeds of approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) and  
above, and the lane markings are clear.  
.
The system may not function properly  
under the following conditions:  
— On roads where there are multiple  
parallel lane markers; lane markers  
that are faded or not painted clearly;  
yellow painted lane markers; non-  
standard lane markers; or lane mar-  
kers covered with water, dirt, snow,  
etc.  
When the vehicle approaches either the left or  
the right side of the traveling lane, a warning  
chime will sound and the LDW indicator on the  
vehicle information display will blink to alert the  
driver.  
.
The system will not operate at speeds  
below approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH),  
or if it cannot detect lane markers  
.
Excessive noise will interfere with the  
warning chime sound, and the chime  
may not be heard.  
The warning function will stop when the vehicle  
returns inside of the lane markers.  
Push the LDW switch on the instrument panel  
Starting and driving 5-127  
— On roads where discontinued lane  
markers are still detectable.  
LDW temporary disabled status  
Multi-sensing camera unit mainte-  
nance  
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under  
high temperature conditions (over approxi-  
mately 40°C (104°F)) and then started, the  
LDW system may be deactivated automatically,  
the LDW indicator will flash and the "Not  
available: High Cabin Temperature" message  
will appear in the vehicle information display.  
— On roads where there are sharp  
curves.  
— On roads where there are sharply  
contrasting objects, such as sha-  
dows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams  
or lines remaining after road repairs.  
(The LDW system could detect these  
items as lane markers.)  
When the interior temperature is reduced, the  
LDW system will resume operating automati-  
cally and the LDW indicator will stop flashing.  
— On roads where the travelling lane  
merges or separates.  
The LDW system is not designed to warn under  
the following conditions:  
— When the vehicle’s travelling direction  
does not align with the lane marker.  
JVS0939X  
.
When you operate the lane change signal  
and change travelling lanes in the direction  
of the signal. (The LDW system will become  
operational again approximately two sec-  
onds after the lane change signal is turned  
off.)  
The lane camera unit  
for the LDW system is  
— When travelling close to the vehicle in  
front of you, which obstructs the lane  
camera unit detection range.  
located above the interior rear view mirror. To  
maintain the proper operation of the LDW  
system and prevent a system malfunction, be  
sure to observe the following:  
— When rain, snow, dirt or object ad-  
heres to the windshield in front of the  
lane camera unit.  
.
When the vehicle speed lowers to less than  
.
.
Always keep the windshield clean.  
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH).  
Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-  
ent material) or install an accessory near  
the camera unit.  
After the above conditions have finished and  
the necessary operating conditions are satis-  
fied, the LDW system will resume.  
— When the headlights are not bright  
due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming  
is not adjusted properly.  
.
.
Do not place reflective materials, such as  
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument  
panel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-  
versely affect the camera unit’s detection  
capability.  
LDW malfunction  
— When strong light enters the lane  
camera unit. (For example, the light  
directly shines on the front of the  
vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)  
When the LDW system malfunctions, it will be  
cancel automatically and the “System Fault”  
message will appear in the vehicle information  
display. If the “System Fault” message appears  
in the vehicle information display pull off the  
road in a safe location, turn off and restart the  
engine. If the “System Fault” message continues  
to appear in the vehicle information display,  
have the LDW system checked by a NISSAN  
dealer.  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the camera unit. Do not touch the camera  
lens or remove the screw located on the  
camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged  
— When a sudden change in brightness  
occurs. (For example, when the vehi-  
cle enters or exits a tunnel or under a  
bridge.)  
due to an accident, contact  
dealer.  
a NISSAN  
5-128 Starting and driving  
following speeds and above, and only when  
the lane markings are clearly visible on the  
road:  
PROPILOT INTELLIGENT LANE INTER-  
VENTION SYSTEM  
.
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system warns  
the driver when the vehicle has left the center  
of the travelling lane with a Intelligent Lane  
Intervention indicator on the vehicle informa-  
tion display and chime. The system helps assist  
the driver to avoid departing the lane and to  
return the vehicle to the center of the travelling  
lane by applying the brakes to the left or right  
wheels individually (for a short period of time).  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system moni-  
JVS0939X  
tors the lane markers on the travelling lane  
using the camera unit  
inside mirror.  
located above the  
WARNING:  
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system could result in serious  
injury or death.  
.
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss  
of control. It is the driver’s responsibility  
to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle  
in the travelling lane, and be in control of  
the vehicle at all times.  
.
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
is primarily intended for use on well-  
developed freeways or highways. It may  
not detect the lane markers in certain  
road, weather, or driving conditions.  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system must  
be turned on with the ProPILOT switch every  
time the ignition switch is placed in the ON  
position.  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system will  
operate when the vehicle is driven at the  
Starting and driving 5-129  
period of time to help assist the driver to return  
the vehicle to the center of the travelling lane.  
ProPILOT Intelligent Lane Intervention  
activation/deactivation  
Using the steering wheel controls:  
To turn on the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
system, push the ProPILOT switch or Speed  
limiter MAIN ON/OFF switch on the steering  
wheel after starting the engine. A confirmation  
message will appear on the vehicle information  
display.  
Turn the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
off using the settings menu in the vehicle  
information display, or push the ProPILOT  
switch to turn off the whole ProPILOT system  
including Intelligent Lane Intervention.  
Using the vehicle information display:  
1)  
In the “Settings” menu of the vehicle  
information display, select the “Driver  
Assistance” submenu.  
2)  
3)  
4)  
Navigate to and enter the “Driver Aids”  
submenu.  
Navigate to and enter the “Lane” subme-  
nu.  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
is turned on when the checkmark is  
shown next to “Assist”.  
WAF0105X  
Intelligent Lane Intervention indicator (on  
the vehicle information display). Appears  
only when system activates (blinks yellow)  
Vehicle information display  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls  
ProPILOT Intelligent Lane Intervention  
System operation  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system oper-  
NOTE:  
ates above approximately:  
Activating the ProPILOT or Speed Limiter  
system (if equipped) will activate the Intelli-  
gent Lane Intervention system at the same  
time, provided Intelligent Lane Intervention  
has been turned on in the settings menu.  
.
60 km/h (37 MPH)  
When the vehicle approaches either the left or  
the right side of the travelling lane, a warning  
chime will sound and the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention indicator (yellow) on the vehicle  
information display will blink to alert the driver.  
Then, the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
will automatically apply the brakes for a short  
5-130 Starting and driving  
— When driving on slippery roads, such  
as on ice or snow.  
— On roads where the travelling lane  
merges or separates.  
Limitations  
WARNING:  
— When driving on winding or uneven  
roads.  
— When the vehicle’s travelling direction  
does not align with the lane marker.  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the Intelligent Lane Intervention system. Fail-  
ure to operate the vehicle in accordance with  
these system limitations could result in  
serious injury or death.  
— When there is a lane closure due to  
road repairs.  
— When travelling close to the vehicle in  
front of you, which obstructs the lane  
camera unit detection range.  
— When driving in a makeshift or tem-  
porary lane.  
— When rain, snow, dirt or object ad-  
heres to the windshield in front of the  
lane camera unit.  
.
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
may activate if you change lanes without  
first activating your turn signal or, for  
example, if a construction zone directs  
traffic to cross an existing lane marker. If  
this occurs you may need to apply  
corrective steering to complete your lane  
change.  
— When driving on roads where the lane  
width is too narrow.  
— When the headlights are not bright  
due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming  
is not adjusted properly.  
— When driving without normal tyre  
conditions (for example, tire wear,  
low tire pressure, installation of spare  
tire, tire chains, non-standard  
wheels).  
— When strong light enters the lane  
camera unit. (For example, the light  
directly shines on the front of the  
vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)  
.
Because the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
may not activate under the road, weather  
and lane marker conditions described in  
this section, it may not activate every  
time your vehicle begins to leave the  
travelling lane and you will need to apply  
corrective steering.  
— When the vehicle is equipped with  
non-original brake parts or suspen-  
sion parts.  
— When a sudden change in brightness  
occurs. (For example, when the vehi-  
cle enters or exits a tunnel or under a  
bridge.)  
— On roads where there are multiple  
parallel lane markers; lane markers  
that are faded or not painted clearly;  
yellow painted lane markers; non-  
standard lane markers; or lane mar-  
kers covered with water, dirt, snow,  
etc.  
— Excessive noise will interfere with the  
warning chime sound, and the chime  
may not be heard.  
.
.
When the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
system is operating, avoid excessive or  
sudden steering manoeuvres, otherwise  
you could lose control of the vehicle.  
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
will not operate if it cannot detect lane  
markers, or at speeds below approxi-  
mately:  
— When the vehicle load capacity is  
exceeded.  
— On roads where discontinued lane  
markers are still detectable.  
— When towing  
vehicle.  
a trailer or another  
— On roads where there are sharp  
curves.  
NOTE:  
— 60 km/h (37 MPH)  
— On roads where there are sharply  
contrasting objects, such as sha-  
dows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams  
or lines remaining after road repairs.  
(The Intelligent Lane Intervention sys-  
tem could detect these items as lane  
markers.)  
While the Intelligent Lane Intervention sys-  
tem is operating, you may hear a sound of  
brake operation. This is normal and indicates  
that the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
is operating properly.  
.
Do not use the Intelligent Lane Interven-  
tion system under the following condi-  
tions as it may not function properly:  
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,  
etc.).  
Starting and driving 5-131  
.
When driving on a curve at high speed.  
Intelligent Lane Intervention temporary  
unavailable  
Condition A:  
The warning and assist functions of the In-  
telligent Lane Intervention system are not  
designed to work under the following condi-  
tions:  
System malfunction  
After the above conditions have finished and  
the necessary operating conditions are satis-  
fied, the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
application of the brakes will resume.  
When the Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
malfunctions, it will cancel automatically and  
the “System fault” message will appear in the  
vehicle information display. If the “System fault”  
message appears in the vehicle information  
display pull off the road in a safe location, turn  
off and restart the engine. If the “System fault”  
message continues to appear in the vehicle  
information display, have the Intelligent Lane  
Condition C:  
If the following messages appear in the vehicle  
information display, a chime will sound and the  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system will be  
turned off automatically.  
.
When you operate the lane change signal  
and change the travelling lanes in the  
direction of the signal. (The Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system will be deactivated for  
Intervention system checked by  
dealer.  
a NISSAN  
.
"Not Available Poor Road Conditions":  
When the ESP system (except Traction  
Control System (TCS) function) or ABS  
operates.  
approximately  
2 seconds after the lane  
Multi-sensing camera unit mainte-  
nance  
change signal is turned off.)  
.
When the vehicle speed lowers to less than  
.
"Currently not available":  
When the ESP system is turned OFF.  
approximately:  
— 60 km/h (37 MPH)  
When the above conditions no longer exist,  
turn on the Intelligent Lane Intervention sys-  
tem. Push the ProPILOT switch again to turn  
the Intelligent Lane Intervention system back  
on.  
After the above conditions have finished and  
the necessary operating conditions are satis-  
fied, the warning and assist functions will  
resume.  
Condition B:  
Temporary disabled status at high tempera-  
ture:  
The assist function of the Intelligent Lane  
Intervention system is not designed to work  
under the following conditions (warning is still  
functional):  
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under  
high temperature conditions (over approxi-  
mately 40°C (104°F)) and then the Intelligent  
Lane Intervention system is turned on, the  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system may be  
deactivated automatically and the following  
message will appear on the vehicle information  
display: "Not available High cabin temperature"  
When the interior temperature is reduced, the  
system will resume operating automatically.  
JVS0939X  
.
.
When the brake pedal is depressed.  
The lane camera unit  
for the Intelligent Lane  
When the steering wheel is turned as far as  
Intervention system is located above the inter-  
ior rear view mirror. To maintain the proper  
operation of the Intelligent Lane Intervention  
system and prevent a system malfunction, be  
sure to observe the following:  
necessary for the vehicle to change lanes.  
.
When the vehicle is accelerated during the  
Intelligent Lane Intervention system opera-  
tion.  
.
.
When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)  
.
.
Always keep the windshield clean.  
approach warning occurs.  
Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-  
ent material) or install an accessory near  
the camera unit.  
When the hazard warning flashers are  
operated.  
5-132 Starting and driving  
INTELLIGENT EMERGENCY  
BRAKING (if equipped)  
.
.
Do not place reflective materials, such as  
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument  
panel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-  
versely affect the camera unit’s detection  
capability of detecting lane markers.  
WARNING:  
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the Intelligent Emer-  
gency Braking system could result in serious  
personal injury or death.  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the camera unit. Do not touch the camera  
lens or remove the screw located on the  
camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged  
.
The Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem is a supplemental aid to the driver. It  
is not  
a replacement for the driver’s  
due to an accident, contact  
dealer.  
a NISSAN  
attention to traffic conditions or respon-  
sibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent  
accidents due to carelessness or danger-  
ous driving techniques.  
.
The Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem does not function in all driving,  
traffic, weather and road conditions.  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking system can  
assist the driver when there is  
a risk of a  
forward collision with the vehicle ahead in the  
traveling lane.  
JVS0956X  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking system uses  
a radar sensor  
located on the front of the  
vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle  
ahead in the same lane.  
Starting and driving 5-133  
Emergency Braking system detects that there  
is still the possibility of a forward collision, the  
system will automatically increase the braking  
force.  
If the driver does not take action, the Intelligent  
Emergency Braking system issues the second  
visual (flashing) (red) and audible warning. If the  
driver releases the accelerator pedal, then the  
system applies partial braking.  
If the risk of a collision becomes imminent, the  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system applies  
harder braking automatically.  
While the Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
is operating, you may hear the sound of brake  
operation. This is normal and indicates that the  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system is oper-  
ating properly.  
NOTE:  
The vehicle’s stop lights come on when  
braking is performed by the Intelligent Emer-  
gency Braking system.  
Depending on vehicle speed and distance to  
the vehicle ahead, as well as driving and road-  
way conditions, the system may help the driver  
avoid a forward collision or may help mitigate  
the consequences of a collision should one be  
unavoidable.  
If the driver is handling the steering wheel,  
accelerating or braking, the Intelligent Emer-  
gency Braking system will function later or will  
not function.  
WAF0158X  
Intelligent Emergency Braking emergency  
warning indicator  
INTELLIGENT EMERGENCY BRAKING  
SYSTEM OPERATION  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking system will  
function when your vehicle is driven at speeds  
above approximately 5 km/h (3 MPH).  
side)  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
warning light (on the meter panel)  
The automatic braking will cease under the  
If  
a risk of a forward collision is detected,  
following conditions:  
detection system will firstly provide the warn-  
ing to the driver by illuminating the warning  
(yellow) in the vehicle information display and  
providing an audible alert.  
.
.
When the steering wheel is turned as far as  
necessary to avoid a collision.  
When the accelerator pedal is depressed.  
If the driver applies the brakes quickly and  
forcefully after the warning, and the Intelligent  
5-134 Starting and driving  
.
When there is no longer a vehicle detected  
ahead.  
TURNING THE INTELLIGENT EMERGENCY BRAKING SYSTEM ON/OFF  
If the Intelligent Emergency Braking system has  
stopped the vehicle, the vehicle will remain at a  
standstill for approximately 2 seconds before  
the brakes are released.  
JVS0971X  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
warning light (on the instrument panel)  
Vehicle information display  
1. Press the  
button until “Settings”  
displays in the vehicle information display  
and then press “OK” button. Use the  
button to select “Driver Assistance”. Then  
press the “OK” button.  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left  
side)  
2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK”  
Perform the following steps to enable or  
disable the Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem.  
button.  
3. To set the Intelligent Emergency Braking  
system to on or off, use the “OK” button to  
check the box for “Emergency Brake.”  
Starting and driving 5-135  
When the Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem is turned off, the Intelligent Emergency  
— Dirt, ice, snow or other material cover-  
ing the radar sensor.  
Braking system warning light (orange)  
minates.  
illu-  
— Interference by other radar sources.  
— Snow or road spray from traveling  
vehicles.  
NOTE:  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
will be automatically turned ON when the  
engine is restarted.  
— If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g.  
motorcycle)  
— When driving on  
a steep downhill  
INTELLIGENT EMERGENCY BRAKING  
SYSTEM LIMITATIONS  
slope or roads with sharp curves.  
— When your vehicle is towing a trailer,  
etc. (for Australia, New Zealand, South  
Africa and Europe)  
WARNING:  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the Intelligent Emergency Braking system.  
Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance  
with these system limitations could result in  
serious injury or death.  
.
.
In some road or traffic conditions, the  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
may unexpectedly push the accelerator  
pedal up or apply partial braking. When  
acceleration is necessary, continue to  
depress the accelerator pedal to override  
the system.  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem may react a roadside object (traffic  
sign, guard rail etc.).  
.
The Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem cannot detect all vehicles under all  
conditions.  
.
The radar sensor does not detect the  
following objects:  
— Pedestrians, animals or obstacles in  
the roadway  
.
.
Braking distances increase on slippery  
surfaces.  
The system is designed to automatically  
check the sensor’s functionality, within  
certain limitations. The system may not  
detect some forms of obstruction of the  
sensor area such as ice, snow, stickers,  
for example. In these cases, the system  
may not be able to warn the driver  
properly. Be sure that you check, clean  
and clear the sensor area regularly.  
— Oncoming vehicles  
— Crossing vehicles  
.
.
The radar sensor has some performance  
limitations. If a stationary vehicle is in the  
vehicle’s path, the Intelligent Emergency  
Braking system will not function when  
the vehicle is driven at speeds over  
approximately 80 km/h (50 MPH).  
.
Excessive noise will interfere with the  
warning chime sound, and the chime  
may not be heard.  
The radar sensor may not detect a vehicle  
ahead in the following conditions:  
5-136 Starting and driving  
Condition B  
In the following condition, the Intelligent Emer-  
gency Braking system warning light (orange)  
will illuminate and the “Not available: Front  
radar obstructed” warning message will appear  
in the vehicle information display.  
.
The sensor area on the front of the vehicle  
is covered with dirt or is obstructed.  
Action to take  
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the  
vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine off.  
Clean the radar cover on the front of the  
vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart the engine.  
If the warning light continues to illuminate,  
have the Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
SSD0253  
When driving on some roads, such as winding,  
hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are  
under construction, the sensor may detect  
vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily  
not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may  
cause the system to work inappropriately.  
The detection of vehicles may also be affected  
by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or  
traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle  
condition. If this occurs, the system may warn  
you by blinking the system indicator and  
sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will  
have to manually control the proper distance  
away from the vehicle traveling ahead.  
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE  
.
When driving on roads with limited road  
structures or buildings (for example, long  
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to  
long walls).  
Action to take  
When the above conditions no longer exist, the  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system will re-  
sume automatically.  
JVS0972X  
Condition C  
When Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Electro-  
nic Stability Program (ESP) system is OFF, the  
Intelligent Emergency Braking brake will not  
operate. In this case only visible and audible  
warning operates. The Intelligent Emergency  
Braking system warning light (orange) will  
illuminate.  
Condition A  
When the radar sensor picks up interference  
from another radar source, making it impos-  
sible to detect a vehicle ahead, the Intelligent  
Emergency Braking system is automatically  
turned off.  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
Action to take  
warning light (orange) will illuminate.  
When the VDC/ESP system is ON, the Intelligent  
Emergency Braking system will resume auto-  
matically.  
Action to take  
When the above conditions no longer exist, the  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system will re-  
sume automatically.  
Starting and driving 5-137  
INTELLIGENT EMERGENCY  
BRAKING WITH PEDESTRIAN  
DETECTION SYSTEM (if equipped)  
.
.
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the sensor.  
Do not cover or attach stickers or similar  
objects on the front of the vehicle near the  
sensor area. This could cause failure or  
malfunction.  
Do not attach metallic objects near the  
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could  
cause failure or malfunction.  
Do not alter, remove or paint the front of  
the vehicle near the sensor area. Contact a  
NISSAN dealer before customizing or re-  
storing the sensor area.  
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION  
WARNING:  
If the Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically,  
a chime will sound, the Intelligent Emergency  
Braking system warning light (orange) will  
illuminate and the “System fault” warning  
message will appear in the vehicle information  
display.  
Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-  
tions for proper use of the Intelligent Emer-  
gency Braking with pedestrian detection  
system could result in serious injury or death.  
.
.
.
The Intelligent Emergency Braking with  
pedestrian detection system is a supple-  
Action to take:  
mental aid to the driver. It is not  
a
replacement for the driver’s attention to  
traffic conditions or responsibility to  
drive safely. It cannot prevent accidents  
due to carelessness or dangerous driving  
techniques.  
If the Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
warning light (orange) comes on, stop the  
vehicle in a safe location. Turn the engine off  
and restart the engine. If the warning light  
continues to illuminate, have the Intelligent  
For the radio approval numbers and informa-  
tion, see “Radio approval number and informa-  
tion” (P.9-15).  
Emergency Braking system checked by  
NISSAN dealer.  
a
.
The Intelligent Emergency Braking with  
pedestrian detection system does not  
function in all driving, traffic, weather  
and road conditions.  
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking with pedes-  
trian detection system can assist the driver  
when there is a risk of a forward collision with  
the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane or with a  
pedestrian.  
JVS0956X  
The sensor  
vehicle.  
is located on the front of the  
To keep the system operating properly, be sure  
to observe the following:  
JVS0973X  
.
Always keep the sensor area on the front of  
the vehicle clean.  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking with pedes-  
trian detection system uses a radar sensor  
located on the front of the vehicle to measure  
5-138 Starting and driving  
the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same  
lane.  
INTELLIGENT EMERGENCY BRAKING  
WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM  
OPERATION  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking system will  
function when your vehicle is driven at speeds  
above approximately 5 km/h (3 MPH).  
For pedestrians, the Intelligent Emergency  
Braking system uses  
a
camera  
installed  
behind the windshield in addition to the radar  
sensor.  
For the pedestrian detection function, the  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system operates  
at speeds between 10 – 60 km/h (6 – 37 MPH).  
If  
a risk of a forward collision is detected,  
detection system will firstly provide the warn-  
ing to the driver by illuminating the warning  
(yellow) in the vehicle information display and  
providing an audible alert.  
If the driver applies the brakes quickly and  
forcefully after the warning, and the Intelligent  
Emergency Braking system detects that there  
is still the possibility of a forward collision, the  
system will automatically increase the braking  
force.  
If the driver does not take action, the Intelligent  
Emergency Braking system issues the second  
visual (flashing) (red) and audible warning. If the  
driver releases the accelerator pedal, then the  
system applies partial braking.  
If the risk of a collision becomes imminent, the  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system applies  
harder braking automatically.  
While the Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
is operating, you may hear the sound of brake  
operation. This is normal and indicates that the  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system is oper-  
ating properly.  
WAF0158X  
Intelligent Emergency Braking emergency  
warning indicator  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
warning light (on the meter panel)  
NOTE:  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left  
The vehicle’s stop lights come on when  
braking is performed by the Intelligent Emer-  
gency Braking system.  
side)  
Starting and driving 5-139  
Depending on vehicle speed and distance to  
the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well as  
driving and roadway conditions, the system  
may help the driver avoid a forward collision or  
TURNING THE INTELLIGENT EMERGENCY BRAKING WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION  
SYSTEM ON/OFF  
may help mitigate the consequences of  
collision should one be unavoidable.  
a
If the driver is handling the steering wheel,  
accelerating or braking, the Intelligent Emer-  
gency Braking system will function later or will  
not function.  
The automatic braking will cease under the  
following conditions:  
.
When the steering wheel is turned as far as  
necessary to avoid a collision.  
.
.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed.  
When there is no longer  
a vehicle or  
pedestrian detected ahead.  
If the Intelligent Emergency Braking system has  
stopped the vehicle, the vehicle will remain at a  
standstill for approximately 2 seconds before  
the brakes are released.  
JVS0971X  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
warning light (on the meter panel)  
Vehicle information display  
1. Press the  
button until “Settings”  
displays in the vehicle information display  
and then press “OK” button. Use the  
button to select “Driver Assistance”. Then  
press the “OK” button.  
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left  
side)  
2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK”  
Perform the following steps to enable or  
disable the Intelligent Emergency Braking with  
pedestrian detection system.  
button.  
5-140 Starting and driving  
3. To set the Intelligent Emergency Braking  
system to on or off, use the “OK” button to  
check the box for “Emergency Brake.”  
— Pedestrians in wheelchairs or using  
mobile transport such as scooters,  
child-operated toys, or skateboards.  
.
The radar sensor Intelligent Emergency  
Braking system may not function prop-  
erly or detect  
a vehicle ahead in the  
following conditions:  
When the Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
— Pedestrians who are seated or other-  
wise not in a full upright standing or  
walking position.  
tem is turned off, the Intelligent Emergency  
— Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,  
snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms,  
and road spray from other vehicles)  
Braking system warning light illuminates  
.
NOTE:  
— Obstacles on the roadway  
— Oncoming vehicles  
— Driving on a steep downhill slope or  
roads with sharp curves.  
.
The Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem will be automatically turned ON  
when the engine is restarted.  
— Crossing vehicles  
— Driving on a bumpy road surface, such  
as an uneven dirt road.  
.
When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/  
ESP system is turned off, the Intelligent  
Emergency Braking system is also turned  
off. For details about the VDC/ESP sys-  
tem, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/  
Electronic Stability Program (ESP) sys-  
tem” (P.5-34).  
— Obstacles on the roadside  
— If dirt, ice, snow or other material is  
covering the radar sensor area.  
.
The Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem has some performance limitations.  
— Interference by other radar sources.  
— If a stationary vehicle is in the vehi-  
cle’s path, the Intelligent Emergency  
Braking system will not function  
when the vehicle is driven at speeds  
over approximately 80 km/h (50  
MPH).  
— The camera area of windshield is  
fogged up, or covered with dirt, water  
drops, ice, snow, etc.  
INTELLIGENT EMERGENCY BRAKING  
WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM  
LIMITATIONS  
— Strong light (for example, sunlight or  
high beams from oncoming vehicles)  
enters the front camera. Strong light  
causes the area around the pedes-  
trian to be cast in a shadow, making it  
difficult to see.  
— For pedestrian detection, the Intelli-  
gent Emergency Braking system will  
not function when the vehicle is  
driven at speeds over approximately  
60 km/h (37 MPH) or below approxi-  
mately 10 km/h (6 MPH).  
WARNING:  
Listed below are the system limitations for  
the Intelligent Emergency Braking system.  
Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance  
with these system limitations could result in  
serious injury or death.  
— A sudden change in brightness oc-  
curs. (For example, when the vehicle  
enters or exits a tunnel or a shaded  
area or lightning flashes.)  
.
The Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem may not function for pedestrians in  
darkness or in tunnels, even if there is  
street lighting in the area.  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem may not function if the vehicle ahead  
is narrow (for example a motorcycle).  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem may not function if speed difference  
between the two vehicles is too small.  
.
The Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem cannot detect all vehicles or pedes-  
trians under all conditions.  
— The poor contrast of a person to the  
background, such as having clothing  
color or pattern which is similar to  
the background.  
.
.
.
The Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem does not detect the following ob-  
jects:  
— The pedestrian’s profile is partially  
obscured or unidentifiable due to  
the pedestrian transporting luggage,  
wearing bulky or very loose-fitting  
clothing or accessories.  
— Small pedestrians (including small  
children), animals and cyclists.  
Starting and driving 5-141  
— When towing a trailer or other vehicle  
(for Australia, New Zealand, South  
Africa and Europe).  
.
The system performance may degrade in  
the following conditions:  
— The vehicle is driven on a slippery  
road.  
— The vehicle is driven on a slope.  
— Excessively heavy baggage is loaded  
in the rear seat or the luggage area of  
your vehicle.  
SSD0253  
When driving on some roads, such as winding,  
hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are  
under construction, the sensor may detect  
vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily  
not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may  
cause the system to work inappropriately.  
The detection of vehicles may also be affected  
by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or  
traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle  
condition. If this occurs, the system may warn  
you by blinking the system indicator and  
sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will  
have to manually control the proper distance  
away from the vehicle traveling ahead.  
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE  
.
The system is designed to automatically  
check the sensor (radar and camera)’s  
functionality, within certain limitations.  
The system may not detect blockage of  
sensor areas covered by ice, snow or  
stickers, for example. In these cases, the  
system may not be able to warn the  
driver properly. Be sure that you check,  
clean and clear sensor areas regularly.  
In some road and traffic conditions, the  
Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
may unexpectedly apply partial braking.  
When acceleration is necessary, depress  
the accelerator pedal to override the  
system.  
.
.
JVS0972X  
Condition A  
The Intelligent Emergency Braking sys-  
tem may react a roadside object (traffic  
sign, guard rail etc.)  
In the following conditions, the Intelligent  
Emergency Braking system warning light (or-  
ange) will illuminate and the system will be  
turned off automatically.  
.
.
Braking distances increase on slippery  
surfaces.  
.
.
.
The radar sensor picks up interference  
Excessive noise will interfere with the  
warning chime sound, and the chime  
may not be heard.  
from another radar source.  
The camera area of windshield is misted or  
frozen.  
Strong light is shining from the front.  
5-142 Starting and driving  
.
.
The cabin temperature is over approxi-  
mately 40°C (104°F) in direct sunlight.  
Action to take:  
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE  
When the above conditions no longer exist, the  
Intelligent Emergency Braking with pedestrian  
detection system will resume automatically.  
The camera area of windshield glass is  
continuously covered with dirt, etc.  
Action to take:  
Condition C  
When the above conditions no longer exist, the  
Intelligent Emergency Braking with pedestrian  
detection system will resume automatically.  
When VDC/ESP system is OFF, the Intelligent  
Emergency Braking brake will not operate. In  
this case only visible and audible warning  
operates. The Intelligent Emergency Braking  
system warning light (orange) will illuminate.  
NOTE:  
When the inside of the windshield on camera  
area is misted or frozen, it will take a period  
of time to remove it after air conditioner  
turns on. If dirt appears on this area, it is  
recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.  
Action to take:  
JVS0973X  
When VDC/ESP system is ON, the Intelligent  
Emergency Braking system will resume auto-  
matically.  
The radar sensor  
is located on the front of  
the vehicle. The camera  
is located on the  
Condition B  
upper side of the windshield.  
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION  
In the following condition, the Intelligent Emer-  
gency Braking system warning light (orange)  
will illuminate and the “Not available: Front  
radar obstructed” warning message will appear  
in the vehicle information display.  
To keep the Intelligent Emergency Braking  
system operating properly, be sure to observe  
the following:  
If the Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically,  
a chime will sound, the Intelligent Emergency  
Braking system warning light (orange) will  
illuminate and the warning message “System  
fault” will appear in the vehicle information  
display.  
.
.
.
Always keep the sensor area on the front of  
the vehicle and windshield clean.  
.
The sensor area of the front of the vehicle is  
Do not strike or damage the areas around  
the sensors (ex. Bumper, windshield).  
Do not cover or attach stickers or similar  
objects on the front of the vehicle near the  
sensor area. This could cause failure or  
malfunction.  
covered with dirt or is obstructed  
Action to take:  
Action to take:  
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the  
vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine off.  
Clean the radar cover on the front grille with a  
soft cloth, and restart the engine. If the warning  
light continues to illuminate, have the Intelli-  
gent Emergency Braking with pedestrian de-  
tection system checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the  
vehicle in a safe location. Turn the engine off  
and restart the engine. If the warning light  
continues to illuminate, have the Intelligent  
.
.
Do not attach metallic objects near the  
radar sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This  
could cause failure or malfunction.  
Do not place reflective materials, such as  
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument  
panel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-  
versely affect the camera unit’s detection  
capability.  
Emergency Braking system checked by  
NISSAN dealer.  
a
.
When driving on roads with limited road  
structures or buildings (for example, long  
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to  
long walls)  
.
Do not alter, remove or paint the front of  
the vehicle near the sensor area. Contact a  
NISSAN dealer before customizing or re-  
Starting and driving 5-143  
FUEL EFFICIENCY AND CARBON  
DIOXIDE REDUCTION DRIVING TIPS  
.
Cruise control is particularly effective in  
providing fuel savings when driving on  
flat terrains.  
Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficiency and  
Carbon Dioxide Reduction Driving Tips to help  
you achieve the most fuel economy from your  
vehicle and reduce carbon dioxide emissions.  
storing the sensor area.  
For the radio approval numbers and informa-  
tion, see “Radio approval number and informa-  
tion” (P.9-15).  
5. Plan for the shortest route.  
1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal  
.
Utilize a map or Navigation System (if  
application.  
equipped) to determine the best route to  
.
save time.  
Avoid rapid starts and stops.  
.
Use smooth, gentle accelerator and  
6. Avoid idling.  
brake application whenever possible.  
.
Shutting off your engine when safe for  
.
Maintain constant speed while commut-  
stops exceeding 30-60 seconds saves  
fuel and reduces emissions.  
ing and coast whenever possible.  
2. Maintain constant speed.  
7. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.  
.
.
Look ahead to try and anticipate and  
Automated passes permit drivers to use  
minimize stops.  
special lanes to maintain cruising speed  
through the toll and avoid stopping and  
starting.  
.
Synchronizing your speed with traffic  
lights allows you to reduce your number  
of stops.  
8. Winter warm up.  
.
Maintaining a steady speed can mini-  
.
Limit idling time to minimize impact to  
mize red light stops and improve fuel  
fuel economy.  
efficiency.  
.
Vehicles typically need no more than 30  
3. Drive at economical speeds and distances.  
seconds of idling at start-up to effec-  
tively circulate the engine oil before  
driving.  
.
Observing the speed limit and not ex-  
ceeding 97 km/h (60 MPH) (where legally  
allowed) can improve fuel efficiency due  
to reduced aerodynamic drag.  
.
.
Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating  
temperature more quickly while driving  
versus idling.  
Maintaining  
a safe following distance  
behind other vehicles reduces unneces-  
9. Keeping your vehicle cool.  
sary braking.  
.
Park your vehicle in a covered parking  
.
.
Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate  
changes in speed permits reduced brak-  
ing and smooth acceleration changes.  
area or in the shade whenever possible.  
.
When entering a hot vehicle, opening the  
windows will help to reduce the inside  
temperature faster, resulting in reduced  
demand on your A/C system.  
Select  
a gear range suitable to road  
conditions.  
4. Use cruise control (if equipped).  
10. Do not carry excessive weight.  
.
Using cruise control during highway  
.
Remove unnecessary objects from the  
driving helps maintain a steady speed.  
vehicle to reduce vehicle weight.  
5-144 Starting and driving  
INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY AND  
SPORT MODE SYSTEM (for Korea)  
ECO MODE SYSTEM (if equipped)  
REDUCING CARBON DIOXIDE EMISSIONS  
.
.
Keep your engine tuned up.  
Follow the recommended scheduled main-  
tenance.  
.
.
.
Keep the tires inflated to the correct  
pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire  
wear and lowers fuel economy.  
Keep the wheels in correct alignment.  
Improper alignment increases tire wear  
and lowers fuel economy.  
Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.  
(See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and  
capacities” (P.9-2).)  
WAF0037X  
JVS0185X  
The SPORT mode switch adjusts the engine  
and transmission points to enhance perfor-  
mance. Push the SPORT mode switch on the  
instrument panel to activate. The SPORT mode  
indicator appears in the vehicle information  
display.  
The ECO mode system helps to enhance the  
fuel economy by controlling the engine and  
CVT/DCT operation automatically to avoid  
rapid acceleration.  
To turn on the ECO mode system, push the  
ECO switch. The ECO mode indicator appears  
in the vehicle information display or the ECO  
mode system indicator light illuminates in the  
meter panel.  
NOTE:  
In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may be  
reduced.  
To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO switch  
again. The ECO mode indicator or the ECO  
mode system indicator light will turn off.  
.
The ECO mode system cannot be turned  
off while the accelerator pedal is depressed  
even if the ECO switch is pushed to OFF.  
Release the accelerator pedal to turn off  
the ECO mode system.  
.
.
The ECO mode system will turn off auto-  
matically if a malfunction occurs in the  
system.  
Turn off the ECO mode system when  
acceleration is required such as when:  
— driving with a heavy load of passengers  
or cargo in the vehicle  
— driving on a steep uphill slope  
Starting and driving 5-145  
.
.
.
The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system  
(if equipped) is operating.  
The ambient ECO will illuminate in the direc-  
tions of as the driving pattern becomes more  
ECO friendly.  
ECO PEDAL GUIDE FUNCTION  
The vehicle speed is less than approxi-  
mately 4 km/h (2 MPH).  
The shift lever is in the “P” (Park), “N”  
(Neutral) or “R” (Reverse) position.  
To activate or deactivate the ambient ECO, see  
“Settings” (P.2-23).  
The ambient ECO is not displayed in the  
following conditions  
To activate or deactivate the ECO Pedal Guide  
function, see “Settings” (P.2-23).  
.
.
The vehicle speed is under 10 km/h (6 MPH).  
The shift lever is in the “P” (Park), “N”  
AMBIENT ECO  
(Neutral) or “R” (Reverse) position.  
.
.
The cruise control system (if equipped) is  
operating.  
WAF0142X  
The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system  
Type A  
(if equipped) is operating.  
ECO DRIVE REPORT  
WAF0143X  
Type A  
JVS0201X  
Type B  
Use the ECO Pedal Guide function for improv-  
JVI0929X  
ing fuel economy.  
When the ignition switch is in the “OFF” position,  
ECO management display appears.  
When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in the green  
range , it indicates that the vehicle is driven  
within range of economy drive.  
ECO evaluation  
If the ECO Pedal Guide bar is out of the green  
range, it indicates that the accelerator pedal is  
depressed over the range of economy drive.  
Previous 5 times (History)  
Current fuel economy  
Best fuel economy  
JVS0200X  
Type B  
The ECO Pedal Guide bar is not displayed when:  
The ambient ECO  
is displayed according to  
The result of ECO evaluation is displayed when  
the vehicle is driven for about 10 minutes or  
more.  
the accelerator pedal operation, while driving  
the vehicle in ECO mode.  
.
The cruise control system (if equipped) is  
operating.  
5-146 Starting and driving  
PARKING  
: The more economically you drive, the more  
appear.  
tance of others or pets unattended in  
your vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-  
ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm  
day can quickly become high enough to  
cause a significant risk of injury or death  
to people and pets.  
WARNING:  
: The average fuel economy for the previous 5  
.
.
Do not stop or park the vehicle over  
flammable materials such as dry grass,  
waste paper or rags. They may ignite and  
cause a fire.  
Safe parking procedures require that  
both the parking brake be applied and  
the shift lever placed in the “P” (Park)  
position (Continuously Variable Trans-  
mission (CVT)/Dual Clutch Transmission  
(DCT) model) or the shift lever placed in  
an appropriate gear (Manual Transmis-  
sion model). Failure to do so could cause  
the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll  
away and result in an accident.  
times will be displayed.  
: The average fuel economy since the last  
reset will be displayed.  
: The best fuel economy of the past history  
will be displayed.  
.
When parking the vehicle, make sure the  
shift lever is moved to the “P” (Park)  
position. The shift lever cannot be moved  
out of the “P” (Park) position without  
depressing the foot brake pedal (CVT/  
DCT model).  
.
.
Never leave the engine running while the  
vehicle is unattended.  
When parking for an extended period of  
time with Stop/Start System or Idling  
Stop System (if equipped) activated, the  
engine will restart automatically. Never  
leave the vehicle with the ignition switch  
in the “ON” position.  
.
.
Do not leave children unattended inside  
the vehicle. They could unknowingly acti-  
vate switches or controls. Unattended  
children could become involved in ser-  
ious accidents.  
To help avoid risk of injury or death  
through unintended operation of the  
vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave  
children, people who require the assis-  
Starting and driving 5-147  
road so the vehicle will move away from the  
center of the road if the vehicle moves.  
Then apply the parking brake.  
4. Model with Intelligent Key:  
Place the ignition switch in the “OFF”  
position.  
Model without Intelligent Key:  
Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK”  
position and remove the key.  
NOTE:  
SSD0488  
Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model  
For Model with Stop/Start System or Idling  
Stop System:  
Use this system when the vehicle is stopped  
for a period of time, for example waiting at  
stoplights.  
Stop the engine with the ignition switch  
when parking, etc. for an extended period  
of time.  
SSD0489  
Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model  
HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB  
1. Firmly apply the parking brake.  
2. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)/  
Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) model:  
Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park)  
position.  
Turn the wheels towards the curb and  
move the vehicle forward until the curb  
side wheel gently touches the curb. Then  
apply the parking brake.  
Manual Transmission (MT) model: Move the  
shift lever to the “R” (Reverse) position.  
When parking on an uphill grade, move  
the shift lever to the “1” (1st) position.  
HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB  
Turn the wheels away from the curb and  
allow the vehicle to move back until the  
curb side wheel gently touches the curb.  
Then apply the parking brake.  
3. To help prevent the vehicle from moving  
into traffic when parked on an incline, it is a  
good practice to turn the wheels as illu-  
strated.  
HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, WITHOUT  
CURB  
Turn the wheels toward the side of the  
5-148 Starting and driving  
PARKING SENSOR (sonar) SYSTEM  
(if equipped)  
mance or a false activation.  
.
This function is designed as an aid to the  
driver in detecting large stationary ob-  
jects to help avoid damaging the vehicle.  
The system is not designed to prevent  
contact with small or moving objects.  
Always move slowly.  
.
.
The system will not detect small objects  
below the bumper, and may not detect  
objects close to the bumper or on the  
ground.  
SSD0723  
The system may not detect the following  
Type A  
objects.  
— Fluffy objects such as snow, cloth,  
cotton, glass-wool, etc.  
— Thin objects such as rope, wire and  
chain, etc.  
— Wedge-shaped objects  
.
If your vehicle sustains damage to the  
bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or  
bent, the sensing zone may be altered  
causing inaccurate measurement of ob-  
stacles or false alarms.  
JVS0437X  
Type B  
CAUTION:  
The parking sensor (sonar) system sounds a  
around and check that it is safe to do so  
before parking.  
tone to inform the driver of obstacles near the  
bumper.  
.
.
Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as  
possible to hear the tone clearly.  
.
Read and understand the limitations of  
the parking sensor (sonar) system as  
contained in this section. The colors of  
the sensor indicator and the distance  
guide lines in the front (if equipped)/rear  
view indicate different distances to the  
object. Inclement weather or ultrasonic  
sources such as an automatic car wash, a  
truck’s compressed-air brakes or a pneu-  
matic drill may affect the function of the  
system; this may include reduced perfor-  
When the “Display” key is ON, the sensor view  
will automatically appear in the vehicle infor-  
mation display.  
Keep the sensors (located on the bumper  
fascia) free from snow, ice and large  
accumulations of dirt. Do not clean the  
sensors with sharp objects. If the sensors  
are covered, the accuracy of the sensor  
function will be diminished.  
WARNING:  
.
The parking sensor (sonar) system is a  
convenience but it is not a substitute for  
proper parking. The driver is always  
responsible for safety during parking  
and other manoeuvres. Always look  
For the vehicle equipped with rear sensor  
(Type A):  
The system inform with visual and audible  
Starting and driving 5-149  
signal of rear obstacles when the shift lever is in  
the “R” (Reverse) position.  
When the center of the vehicle moves close to  
PARKING SENSOR (sonar) SYSTEM  
SETTING  
an object, the center sonar indicator  
ap-  
pears.  
The system is deactivated at speeds above 10  
km/h (6 MPH). It is reactivated at lower speeds.  
When the object is detected, the indicator  
(green) appears and blinks and the tone  
sounds intermittently. When the vehicle moves  
closer to the object, the color of the indicator  
turns yellow and the rate of the blinking  
increase. When the vehicle is very close to the  
object, the indicator stops blinking and turns  
red, and the tone sounds continuously.  
The intermittent tone will stop after 3 seconds  
when an obstacle is detected by only the  
parking sensor and the distance does not  
change. The tone will stop when the obstacle  
get away from the vehicle.  
For the vehicle equipped with front and rear  
sensor (Type B):  
PARKING SENSOR (sonar) SYSTEM OFF  
SWITCH (if equipped)  
The system inform with visual and audible  
signal of front obstacles when the shift lever  
is in the “D” (Drive) position and both front and  
rear obstacles when the shift lever is in the “R”  
(Reverse) position.  
JVI1566X  
The  
or  
buttons or ENTER button  
on the steering-wheel-mounted controls al-  
lows the driver to turn the parking sensor  
(sonar) system off.  
Perform the following steps to select the  
parking sensor (sonar) setting mode.  
The system is deactivated at speeds above 10  
1. Use the  
,
button  
and OK button  
km/h (6 MPH). It is reactivated at lower speeds.  
The parking sensor (sonar) system will turn on  
on the steering wheel until “Settings”  
displays in the vehicle information display  
automatically under the following conditions.  
The intermittent tone will stop after 3 seconds  
when an obstacle is detected by only the  
parking sensor and the distance does not  
change. The tone will stop when the obstacle  
get away from the vehicle.  
and then push OK button  
.
.
.
.
When the ignition switch is placed from the  
“OFF” position to the “ON” position.  
2. Use the  
button  
to select “Driver  
When the shift lever is placed to the “R”  
Assistance”. Then push OK button  
.
(Reverse) position from any other positions.  
When the vehicle speed decrease to ap-  
proximately below 10 km/h (6 MPH).  
3. Select “Parking Aids” and push OK button  
.
4. Select a menu item to change from the  
following options.  
The automatic turning on function can be  
turned on and off by “Display” key in the setting  
menu. See “Parking Aids ” (P.2-23).  
Cross Traffic (if equipped)  
Activate or deactivate the Rear Cross Traffic  
Alert (RCTA) system. For more details, see “Rear  
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-54).  
ON (default) - OFF  
JVS1050X  
When the corner of the vehicle moves closer to  
an object, the parking sensor indicators  
appears (if equipped).  
5-150 Starting and driving  
TRAILER TOWING (except for Australia,  
New Zealand, South Africa and Europe)  
TRAILER TOWING (for Australia, New  
Zealand, South Africa and Europe)  
Your vehicle was designed to be used to carry  
passengers and luggage. NISSAN does not  
recommend trailer towing, because it places  
additional loads on your vehicle’s engine, drive-  
train, steering, braking, and other systems.  
Your new vehicle was designed to be used  
primarily to carry passengers and luggage.  
Moving Object (if equipped)  
Activate or deactivate the use of sensor. For  
more details, see “Moving Object Detection  
(MOD) function” (P.4-17).  
Towing a trailer will place additional loads on  
your vehicle’s engine, drive train, steering,  
braking and other systems. The towing of a  
trailer will exaggerate other conditions such as  
sway caused by crosswinds, rough road sur-  
faces or passing trucks.  
Your driving style and speed must be adjusted  
according to the circumstances. Before towing  
a trailer, see a NISSAN dealer for an explanation  
about the proper use of towing equipment.  
ON (default) - OFF  
CAUTION:  
Front Sensor (if equipped)  
Activate or deactivate the use of sensor.  
ON (default) - OFF  
Vehicle damage resulting from towing  
trailer is not covered by the warranties.  
a
Rear Sensor  
Activate or deactivate the use of sensor.  
ON (default) - OFF  
OPERATING PRECAUTIONS  
.
.
.
Avoid towing a trailer during the break-in  
Display (if equipped)  
Automatically shows the sensor view on the  
vehicle information display when the sensor is  
activated.  
period.  
Before driving, make sure that the lighting  
system of the trailer works properly.  
Observe the legal maximum speeds for  
trailer operation.  
ON (default) - OFF  
Do not exceed 100 km/h (62 MPH) (for  
Europe).  
Volume  
Adjust the volume of the tone.  
High - Med. (default) - Low  
.
Avoid abrupt starts, accelerations and  
stops.  
.
.
Avoid sharp turns and lane changes.  
Range  
Always drive your vehicle at a moderate  
speed.  
Adjust the detection range of the sensor.  
Far - Mid. (default) - Near  
.
Do not use the following systems (if  
equipped) while towing a trailer:  
— Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system  
— Intelligent Lane Intervention system  
— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system  
— Intelligent Emergency Braking system  
— Intelligent Emergency Braking with pe-  
destrian detection system  
.
Select the AUTO mode if your vehicle is  
equipped with the Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)  
system.  
Starting and driving 5-151  
.
.
Follow the trailer manufacturer’s instruc-  
tions.  
important to not only have the correct equip-  
ment fitted but also to use it correctly. Towing  
loads greater than the value specified for your  
vehicle or using towing equipment which is not  
provided by NISSAN could seriously affect the  
handling and/or performance of your vehicle.  
Vehicle damage resulting from improper tow-  
ing procedures is not covered by NISSAN  
warranties. Information on trailer towing and  
the required equipment should be obtained  
from a NISSAN dealer.  
MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS (for Australia  
and New Zealand)  
Choose proper coupling devices (trailer  
hitch, safety chain, roof carrier, etc.) for  
your vehicle and trailer. These devices are  
available from a NISSAN dealer where you  
can also obtain more detailed information  
about trailer towing.  
Never allow the total trailer load (trailer  
weight plus its cargo weight) to exceed the  
maximum set for the vehicle and the  
coupling device. See a NISSAN dealer for  
more information.  
.
.
“Never exceed the Gross Vehicle Mass (GVM),  
Gross Combination Mass (GCM) or Front/Rear  
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).”  
The trailer must be loaded so that heavy  
goods are placed over the axle. The max-  
imum allowable vertical load on the trailer  
hitch must not be exceeded.  
CA0011-A  
Maximum tongue load  
Never allow the tongue load to exceed 10% of  
the total trailer load. If the tongue load exceeds  
10%, rearrange the cargo in the trailer.  
Maximum trailer loads (including tires and  
other loaded equipment):  
1. Never allow the total trailer load to exceed:  
.
.
Have your vehicle serviced more often than  
at the intervals specified in  
maintenance booklet.  
a separate  
.
The maximum 750 kg (1,654 lb) for a  
trailer without brakes.  
Maximum rear gross axle weight  
Trailer towing requires more fuel than  
under normal circumstances because of a  
considerable increase in traction power  
and resistance.  
.
The maximum 1,500 kg (3,308 lb) for a  
trailer with brakes (except for M9R en-  
gine models).  
.
The maximum 1,650 kg (3,638 lb) for a  
While towing  
a trailer, check the engine  
trailer with brakes (for M9R engine  
coolant temperature indicator to prevent  
the vehicle from overheating.  
models).  
2. The total trailer load must be lower than  
the following three values even if it does  
not exceed the maximum permissible trai-  
ler loads.  
.
Towing capacity displayed on a tow-bar.  
CA0050  
.
Trailer’s gross vehicle mass marked on a  
The rear gross axle weight must not exceed the  
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).  
coupling body.  
.
Gross vehicle mass marked on a trailer  
data plate.  
The maximum trailer load which can be towed  
by your vehicle depends on the towing equip-  
ment fitted to the vehicle. Therefore, it is  
5-152 Starting and driving  
2WD  
4WD  
GAWR  
M9R + MCVT  
MR20 + 6MT  
QR25 + MCVT  
R9M + MCVT  
QR25 + MCVT  
Rear  
Front  
Rear  
1020 kg  
(2249 lb)  
Front  
1040 kg  
(2293 lb)  
Rear  
1030 kg  
(2271 lb)  
Front  
Rear  
1080 kg  
(2381 lb)  
Front  
1060 kg  
(2337 lb)  
Rear  
Front  
1200 kg  
(2646 lb)  
Second row  
[APPROX. kg ( lb  
)]  
1120 kg  
990 kg  
1140 kg  
1100 kg  
(2470 lb)  
(2183 lb)  
(2514 lb)  
(2426 lb)  
Rear  
Front  
Rear  
Front  
1040 kg  
(2293 lb)  
Rear  
Front  
Rear  
Front  
Rear  
Front  
Third row [AP-  
PROX. kg ( lb )]  
1270 kg  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(2800 lb)  
The trailer must be loaded so that heavy goods  
are placed over the axle.  
Starting and driving 5-153  
TIRE PRESSURE  
TRAILER DETECTION (if equipped)  
When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle tires to  
the maximum recommended COLD tire pres-  
sure (for full loading) indicated on the tire  
placard.  
When towing a trailer with a genuine NISSAN  
tow bar electrical kit and the turn signal switch  
is used, the electrical system of the vehicle will  
detect the additional electrical load of the  
trailer lighting. As a result, the direction indi-  
cator tone will be different.  
Do not tow a trailer when the vehicle is installed  
with a temporary spare tire or a compact spare  
tire.  
SAFETY CHAINS  
Always use  
a suitable chain between the  
vehicle and trailer. The chain should be crossed  
and should be attached to the hitch, not to the  
vehicle bumper or axle. Be sure to leave enough  
slack in the chain to permit turning corners.  
TRAILER BRAKES  
Ensure that trailer brakes are installed as  
required by local regulations. Also check that  
all other trailer equipment conforms to local  
regulations.  
Always block the wheels on both the vehicle  
and trailer when parking. Apply the hand brake  
on the trailer if equipped. Parking on a steep  
slope is not recommended.  
If parking on a steep slope is unavoidable, place  
the shift lever in the “P” (Park) position (Con-  
tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)/Dual  
Clutch Transmission (DCT) model) or the shift  
lever in an appropriate gear (Manual Transmis-  
sion model), and turn the front wheels towards  
the curb.  
5-154 Starting and driving  
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING  
COUPLING DEVICE INSTALLATION (for Europe)  
WARNING:  
.
.
If the engine is not running or is turned  
off while driving, the power assist for the  
steering will not work. Steering will be  
harder to operate.  
When the electric power steering warning  
light illuminates with the engine running,  
the power assist for the steering will  
cease operation. You will still have control  
of the vehicle, but the steering will be  
much harder to operate.  
The electric power steering is designed to  
provide power assist while driving to operate  
the steering wheel with light force.  
When the steering wheel is operated repeat-  
edly or continuously while parking or driving at  
a very low speed, the power assist for the  
steering wheel will be reduced. This is to  
prevent overheating of the electric power  
steering and protect it from getting damaged.  
While the power assist is reduced, steering  
wheel operation will become heavy. When the  
temperature of the electric power steering  
goes down, the power assist level will return  
to normal. Avoid repeating such steering wheel  
operations that could cause the electric power  
steering to overheat.  
JVS0440X  
You may hear  
a fricative sound when the  
NISSAN recommends that the coupling device  
for trailer towing be installed under the follow-  
ing conditions:  
.
Rear overhang of coupling device:  
mm (43.6 in)  
1,108  
steering wheel is operated quickly. However,  
this is not a malfunction.  
Follow all of the coupling device manufacturer’s  
If the electric power steering warning light  
illuminates while the engine is running, it may  
indicate the electric power steering is not  
functioning properly and may need servicing.  
Have the electric power steering checked by a  
NISSAN dealer. (See “Electric power steering  
warning light” (P.2-15).)  
instructions for installation and use.  
.
Maximum permissible vertical load on the  
coupling device: 981 N (100 kg, 221 lb)  
.
The coupling device, mounting points and  
installation parts on your vehicle: as shown  
as an example in the illustration.  
When the electric power steering warning light  
Starting and driving 5-155  
BRAKE SYSTEM  
The brake system has two separate hydraulic  
circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still  
have braking ability at two wheels.  
illuminates with the engine running, the power  
assist for the steering will cease operation. You  
will still have control of the vehicle. However,  
greater steering effort is needed, especially in  
sharp turns and at low speeds.  
Wet brakes  
When the vehicle is washed or driven through  
water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your  
braking distance will be longer and the vehicle  
may pull to one side during braking.  
BRAKE PRECAUTIONS  
Vacuum assisted brakes  
To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe  
speed while lightly depressing the brake pedal  
to heat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes  
return to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at  
high speeds until the brakes function correctly.  
The brake booster aids braking by using engine  
vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the  
vehicle by depressing the foot brake pedal.  
However, greater foot pressure on the foot  
brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle.  
The stopping distance will be longer.  
Parking brake break-in  
Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the  
stopping effect of the parking brake is wea-  
kened or whenever the parking brake shoes  
and/or drums/rotors are replaced, in order to  
assure the best braking performance.  
This procedure is described in the vehicle  
service manual and can be performed by a  
NISSAN dealer.  
If the engine is not running or is turned off  
while driving, the power assisted brakes will not  
function. Braking will be harder.  
WARNING:  
Do not coast with the engine stopped.  
Using brakes  
Driving uphill  
Avoid resting your foot on the foot brake pedal  
while driving. This will overheat the brakes,  
wear out the brake linings/pads faster, and  
increase fuel consumption.  
When starting on a steep grade, it is sometimes  
difficult to operate both the brake and clutch  
(for MT model). Apply the parking brake to hold  
the vehicle. Do not slip the clutch. When ready  
to start, slowly release the parking brake while  
depressing the accelerator pedal and releasing  
the clutch pedal.  
To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the  
brakes from overheating, reduce speed and  
downshift to a lower gear before going down a  
slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may  
reduce braking performance and could result  
in loss of vehicle control.  
While driving on a slippery surface, be careful  
when braking, accelerating or downshifting.  
Abrupt braking or acceleration could cause  
the wheels to skid and result in an accident.  
Driving downhill  
The engine braking action is effective for  
controlling the vehicle while descending hills.  
For Manual Transmission (MT) model, the shift  
lever should be placed in the lower speed  
position prior to descending. For Continuously  
Variable Transmission (CVT)/Dual Clutch Trans-  
mission (DCT) model, the manual shift mode or  
the “L” position should be selected.  
5-156 Starting and driving  
— When installing  
a
spare tire, make  
off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the  
meter. The brake system then operates nor-  
mally, but without anti-lock assistance.  
If the ABS warning light illuminates during the  
self-test or while driving, have the vehicle  
checked by a NISSAN dealer.  
BRAKE ASSIST  
sure that it is the proper size and  
type as specified on the tire placard.  
(See “Tire placard” (P.9-13).)  
When the force applied to the brake pedal  
exceeds  
a certain level, the Brake Assist is  
activated generating greater braking force  
than a conventional brake booster even with  
light pedal force.  
— For detailed information, see “Tires  
and wheels” (P.8-44).  
Normal operation  
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls  
the brakes so the wheels do not lock during  
hard braking or when braking on slippery  
surfaces. The system detects the rotation  
speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid  
pressure to prevent each wheel from locking  
and sliding. By preventing each wheel from  
locking, the system helps the driver maintain  
steering control and helps to minimize swer-  
ving and spinning on slippery surfaces.  
WARNING:  
The ABS operates at speeds above 5 to 10  
km/h (3 to 6 MPH). The speed varies according  
to road conditions.  
The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist  
braking operation and is not  
a collision  
warning or avoidance device. It is the driver’s  
responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and  
be in control of the vehicle at all times.  
When the ABS senses that one or more wheels  
are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly  
applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This  
action is similar to pumping the brakes very  
quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake  
pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or  
feel a vibration from the actuator when it is  
operating. This is normal and indicates that the  
ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa-  
tion may indicate that road conditions are  
hazardous and extra care is required while  
driving.  
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)  
WARNING:  
Using system  
.
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a  
sophisticated device, but it cannot pre-  
vent accidents resulting from careless or  
dangerous driving techniques. It can help  
maintain vehicle control during braking  
on slippery surfaces. Remember that  
stopping distances on slippery surfaces  
will be longer than on normal surfaces  
even with ABS. Stopping distances may  
also be longer on rough, gravel or snow  
covered roads, or if you are using tire  
chains. Always maintain a safe distance  
from the vehicle in front of you. Ulti-  
mately, the driver is responsible for  
safety.  
Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.  
Depress the brake pedal with firm steady  
pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The  
ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from  
locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.  
WARNING:  
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may  
result in increased stopping distances.  
Self-test feature  
The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric  
pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer.  
The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature  
that tests the system each time you start the  
engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in  
forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs,  
you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a  
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and  
does not indicate a malfunction. If the compu-  
ter senses a malfunction, it switches the ABS  
.
Tire type and condition may also affect  
braking effectiveness.  
— When replacing tires, install the spe-  
cified size of tires on all four wheels.  
Starting and driving 5-157  
VEHICLE SECURITY  
COLD WEATHER DRIVING  
When leaving your vehicle unoccupied:  
BATTERY  
WARNING:  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Always take the key with you - even when  
If the battery is not fully charged during  
extremely cold weather conditions, the battery  
fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To  
maintain maximum efficiency, the battery  
should be checked regularly. For details, see  
“Battery” (P.8-29) of this manual.  
leaving the vehicle in your own garage.  
.
.
Whatever the condition, drive with cau-  
tion. Accelerate and decelerate with great  
care. If accelerating or decelerating too  
fast, the drive wheels will lose even more  
traction.  
Allow more stopping distance in cold  
weather driving. Braking should be  
started sooner than on dry pavement.  
Close all windows completely and lock all  
doors.  
Always park your vehicle where it can be  
seen. Park in a well lit area during the night.  
If the security system is equipped, use it -  
even for a short period.  
ENGINE COOLANT  
If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-  
freeze, drain the cooling system, including the  
engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.  
For details, see “Changing engine coolant” (P.8-  
13) of this manual.  
Never leave children or pets in the vehicle  
unattended.  
.
.
Keep at a greater distance from the  
vehicle in front of you on slippery roads.  
Never leave valuables inside the vehicle.  
Always take valuables with you.  
Wet ice (0°C, 32°F and freezing rain), very  
cold snow and ice can be slick and very  
difficult to drive on. The vehicle will have  
a lot less traction or grip under these  
conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice  
until the road is salted or sanded.  
Watch for slippery spots (glaring ice).  
These may appear on an otherwise clear  
road in shaded areas. If a patch of ice is  
seen ahead, brake before reaching it. Try  
not to brake while actually on the ice, and  
avoid any sudden steering maneuvers.  
Never leave the vehicle documents in the  
vehicle.  
TIRE EQUIPMENT  
Never leave articles on a roof rack. Remove  
them from the rack and keep and lock  
them inside the vehicle.  
1. If you have snow tires installed on the  
front/rear wheels of your vehicle, they  
should be of the same size, loading range,  
construction and type (bias, bias-belted or  
radial) as the rear/front tires.  
.
Never leave the spare key in the vehicle.  
.
2. If the vehicle is to be operated in severe  
winter conditions, snow tires should be  
installed on all four wheels.  
3. For additional traction on icy roads,  
studded tires may be used. However, some  
countries, provinces and states prohibit  
their use. Check local, state and provincial  
laws before installing studded tires.  
.
.
Do not use cruise control on slippery  
roads.  
Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gas  
under your vehicle. Keep snow clear of  
the exhaust pipe and from around your  
vehicle.  
Skid and traction capabilities of studded  
snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may  
be poorer than that of non-studded snow  
tires.  
4. Snow chains may be used if desired. Make  
sure they are the proper size for the tires on  
your vehicle and are installed according to  
the chain manufacturer’s instructions. Use  
chain tensioners when recommended by  
the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a  
5-158 Starting and driving  
tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chains  
must be secured or removed to prevent the  
possibility of whipping action damage to  
the fenders or underbody. In addition, drive  
at a reduced speed, otherwise, your vehicle  
may be damaged and/or vehicle handling  
and performance may be adversely af-  
fected.  
CORROSION PROTECTION  
Chemicals used for road surface deicing are  
extremely corrosive and will accelerate corro-  
sion and the deterioration of underbody com-  
ponents such as the exhaust system, fuel and  
brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.  
In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned  
periodically. For additional information, see  
“Corrosion protection” (P.7-5) of this manual.  
For additional protection against rust and  
corrosion, which may be required in some  
areas, consult a NISSAN dealer.  
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT  
It is recommended that the following items be  
carried in the vehicle during the winter:  
.
.
.
A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove  
ice and snow from the windows.  
A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the  
jack to give it firm support.  
A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-  
drifts.  
PARKING BRAKE  
When parking in an area where the outside  
temperature is below 0°C (32°F), the parking  
brake, if applied, may freeze in place and may  
be difficult to release.  
For safe parking, it is recommended that you  
place the shift lever in the “1” (1st) or “R”  
(Reverse) position (for MT model), or in the “P”  
(Park) position (for CVT/DCT model) and se-  
curely block the wheels.  
For models equipped with electronic  
parking brake system  
To keep the electronic parking brake released  
after the engine is turned off, see “Parking  
brake” (P.3-40).  
Starting and driving 5-159  
MEMO  
5-160 Starting and driving  

Popular Manuals

2023 Ford Focus 4 Door
2017-2023 Honda Civic 4 Door
2023 Toyota Corolla 4 Door
2023 Ford Fiesta 4 Door
2023 Honda CR-V SUV
2023 Volkswagen Golf 4 Door
2023 Honda Accord 4 Door
2022 BMW 5 Series 4 Door
2024 Audi A3 4 Door
2024 BMW X5 SUV
2022 BMW 3 Series 4 Door
2023 Kia Sorento SUV
2022 Mercedes E Class 4 Door
2023 Mercedes C Class 4 Door
2023 Volkswagen Tiguan 4 Door
2024 Subaru Forester SUV
2023 Mazda Cx-5 SUV
2023 Hyundai Santa Fe SUV
2020 Nissan Qashqai SUV
2020 Ford Kuga SUV
2020 Kia Sportage SUV
2020 Audi Q3 SUV
2020 Audi Q5 SUV
2020 Land Rover Evoque SUV
2020 Nissan Juke SUV
2020 Hyundai Tucson SUV
2020 Peugeot 3008 SUV
2020 Volvo XC40 SUV
2020 Land Rover Discovery Sport SUV
2020 Toyota C-Hr SUV
2020 Vauxhall Corsa 4 Door
2020 BMW X3 SUV
2020 BMW X1 SUV
2020 Audi Q2 SUV
2020 Ford Ecosport SUV
2020 Vauxhall Mokka SUV
2020 Hyundai Kona SUV
2020 Toyota Rav4 SUV
2020 Vauxhall Grandland X SUV
2020 Nissan X Trail SUV
2020 Skoda Karoq SUV
2020 Volvo Xc90 SUV